Home

Quantum Q1a and Q2 DCC Reference Manual Ver. 4.2.0

1. Automatic Number Board Lights 14 98 99 165 251 Configuration ccscccssscssscesssecscesssssesesssenenseoss 134 138 Initial State ann e a E a 133 137 O Odometer aesan eian essed E E ENEA EA 193 Odometer MOde cccccsssccccccesssssecceeeeesssseeeeeeeeeeees 168 194 Odometer Readout cccccccccccsssssececeeessseeeeeeeeeneas 167 193 Reset Odometer cccccssccccccessssssccceeessssseeeeeeeseeees 188 193 Service Mode Read Back ccccccesscccesseceeeseeceeeneeeesseeeees 194 Use for Speed Calibration cecesccscceseeeeeesecteeeeeeeeeseees 174 Operations Mode Programmin 2 2 000 ne E a 25 189 Troubleshooting 20000000nesneenesnensnennennenennnennennnn 235 Output Feature Assignment CV 53 PI Sl 44 96 255 257 P Packet Time out Value CV 11 nenn PID Parameters CV 56 18 21 SI Polarity 2 2 easier ei devesas codes E E 51 52 259 260 Pop O aane rer 21 101 250 Description Volime 0 0220 ae eet eNO ig ea nolan te ea Power Source Conversion Predefined Speed Curves Primary Address CV 1 ccccccccssecceeseeceesteeeeeteeeeeeaee Alternate Ops Mode Procedure c cccccescceeseeceeeteeeeeeees 189 Primary Index PI CV 49 Product Model Number c ccccccccesseceeeseeeeeseeeeseteeeeeeees
2. Decimal Hex Binary Decimal Hex Binary Decimal Hex Binary Decimal Hex Binary 0 00 00000000 64 40 01000000 128 80 10000000 192 co 11000000 1 01 00000001 65 41 01000001 129 81 10000001 193 C1 11000001 2 02 00000010 66 42 01000010 130 82 10000010 194 c2 11000010 3 03 00000011 67 43 01000011 131 83 10000011 195 c3 11000011 4 04 00000100 68 44 01000100 132 84 10000100 196 c4 11000100 5 05 00000101 69 45 01000101 133 85 10000101 197 c5 11000101 6 06 00000110 70 46 01000110 134 86 10000110 198 c6 11000110 7 07 00000111 71 47 01000111 135 87 10000111 199 C7 11000111 8 08 00001000 72 48 01001000 136 88 10001000 200 c8 11001000 9 09 00001001 73 49 01001001 137 89 10001001 201 c9 11001001 10 OA 00001010 74 4A 01001010 138 8A 10001010 202 CA 11001010 11 0B 00001011 75 4B 01001011 139 8B 10001011 203 CB 11001011 12 oc 00001100 76 4C 01001100 140 8c 10001100 204 cc 11001100 13 oD 00001101 77 4D 01001101 141 8D 10001101 205 cD 11001101 14 OE 00001110 78 4E 01001110 142 8E 10001110 206 CE 11001110 15 OF 00001111 79 4F 01001111 143 8F 10001111 207 CF 11001111 16 10 00010000 80 50 01010000 144 90 10010000 208 DO 11010000 17 11 00010001 81 51 01010001 145 91 10010001 209 D1 11010001 18 12 00010010 82 52 01010010 146 92 10010010 210 D2 11010010 19 13 00010011 83 53 01010011 147 93 10010011 211 D3 11010011 20 14 00010100 84 54 01010100 148 94 10010100 212 D4 11010100 21 15 00010101 85 55 01010101 149 95 10010101 213 D5 11010101 22 16 00010110 86 56 010101
3. The ditch lights intensity Off Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 84 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The ditch lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Bright Off Off Off The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 84 1 CV 55 84 2 CV 55 84 3 and CV 55 84 4 Feature 84 has precedence over Features 85 86 and 87 When the Feature 84 function state is 1 the Feature 85 86 and 87 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 84 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The ditch lights intensity changes in response to Feature 85 86 and 87 function key presses Feature 87 Feature 86 Feature 85 Intensity Function Function Function State State State X X 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Dim 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 84 has precedence over Features 85 86 and 87 If the Feature 84 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 84 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 85 has precedence over Features 86 and 87 If the Feature 85 function state is 0 the Feature 86 and 87 function states are ignored Feature 87 has precedence over Feature 86 If the Feature 87 function state is 1 the Fe
4. e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for medium speeds for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 181 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 4 CV 56 21 SI PID Parameters for High Speed PI 21 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 21 0 Proportional Gain for 108 lt BEMF Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for high speeds for 108 lt BEMF e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 21 2 Differential Gain for 108 lt BEMF Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for high speeds for 108 lt BEMF e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 182 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 5 Setting PID Parameters for Quantum Equipped Model Locomotives e Make sure your locomotive is in the best possible mechanical condition RTC can improve the operation of a well tuned locomotive but it cannot compensate for locomotives that have serious mechanical problems Set CV 56 4 to 0 to select Standard Throttle Control and operate your model at slow speed over a level piece of straight track at the minimum sustainable speed Note any gear bind or catching If the locomotive always slows down at the same wheel position you
5. N A Bit 6 F12 Bit 5 F11 Bit 4 F10 Bit 3 0 0 0 Recommended value of CV 22 for a Mid Helper Locomotive in a Consist Heavy Load s Number Board SMPH Report Disconnect Directional Directional NA Nie ln Lights Status Report Standby Total Lighting Lighting Shut Down N A N A F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FLA Bit 7 Bit6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 o Recommended value of CV 22 for an End Helper Locomotive in a Consist Heavy Load D b Number Board SMPH Report Disconnect irectiona irectiona NA Mes Cab zone Lights Status Report Standby Total Lighting Lighting Shut Down N A N A F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FL f Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 When making up your consist remember to have the directional lighting turned off before you assign zeros for bits 0 and 1 Otherwise the directional lighting will be on with no way to turn them off with the FL r or FL f keys The above selections for directional lighting for locomotives in a consist are not ideal for the following reasons 1 You may not want the Lead Locomotive to have an operating Directional Reverse Light since it would only illuminate the locomotive behind it and not the track The simplest way to have the reverse light off in all motive states
6. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 171 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 3 CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control RTC Minimum Back EMF PI 5 Use this CV to specify the minimum speed under Regulated Throttle Control Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control Minimum BEMF Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e For models 100 999 the data range is from 0 to 7 Bits 3 7 are ignored For models 1000 9999 the data range is 0 to 31 Bits 5 7 are ignored e The locomotive will operate at a speed corresponding to this minimum Back EMF until the speed table value corresponding to the throttle position exceeds V Start at which time the locomotive will gain speed e Ifthe value of this CV is 0 the locomotive does not maintain a minimum speed The locomotive may not move at very low speed steps e If your locomotive runs very smoothly under RTC at speed step one you may consider lowering the RTC Minimum BEMF value If your locomotive exhibits non smooth jerky behavior at speed step one you may want to increase the RTC Minimum BEMF value until operation is smooth e Before setting the minimum Back EMF make sure that V Start CV2 is not affecting the minimum speed at 111 speed step 1 At QSI we set V Start to provide minimum speed between speed step 1 and speed step 8 in the following way Setting CV 2 for Best RTC Minimum Spe
7. Quantum supports the new NMRA 0 12 function key standard the old 0 8 standard is not supported If you have a DCC command station that supports only the older O to 8 function key standard you will have no way to initiate Shut Down in Neutral with these pre assigned feature to function key mappings There is an interim solution to this problem Swap the features assigned to the F4 and F9 outputs in Neutral by doing the following Set CV49 to 6 set CV50 to 1 and set CV53 to 145 Now F4 in Neutral controls Shut Down Set CV49 to 11 set CV50 to 1 and set CV53 to 8 Now F9 in Neutral controls Diesel Cooling Fans Automatic Features Automatic Quantum Features depend on the directional state of the locomotive Automatic Control can be enabled or disabled by their indicated function keys The state of each Automatic feature in each direction is shown in the table below Feature Function Key Forward Neutral from Forward Reverse Neutral from Reverse Headlight FO or FL Bright Off Off Off Reverse Lights FO or FL Off Off Bright Off Mars Light FO or FL Strobing Steady On Steady On Steady On l Number Board Lights On On On On Marker Lights On On On On Vents amp Cooling Fans F4 off On at Random Times off On at Random Times When an indicated function key enables an automatic light feature the associated lights operate according to the states shown in the table For instance enabling the Automatic
8. Additional Information for the Curious Regarding QSI Speed Curves e The assignment of bits to this register follows a logical sequence Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 49 267 15 Dec 2007 Bits 0 2 Determines how much curvature For low values the curves are closer to linear while higher values provide greater curvature Bits 0 2 set to 000 or 001 indicates that speed table is not used regardless of the setting in bit 6 Bits 0 2 set to 010 indicate a linear speed table Bit 3 5 Reserved for future QSI expansion of speed curves Any non zero value entered for these bits will automatically result in a Linear Response regardless of what is entered in other bits Bit 6 Determines if it is convex Fast Start or concave Slow Start curve Bit 7 This bit specifies the mid range Speed Step and is not supported by Quantum decoders Set the value to 0 Either a 1 or a O is ignored 0 Fast Start Convex Curve 1 Slow Start Concave Curve The decimal value for each curve from the table below is shown on the above speed graph e Curve Tables in order of value for CV 25 Value of CV Value of CV 25 Bits 7 0 Resulting Speed Table 25 Binary Decimal Convex Fast Start Curves 0 0000000 0 Reverts to User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 1 00000001 Reverts to User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 2 0000001 0 Linear Curve 3 00000011 Fast St
9. Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal strobe e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 117 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 3 CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 1 CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 118 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 4 CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 1 CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit
10. in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F4 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F4 Default Value 00000100 4 CV 38 Output Location for F4 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower eal ler Fire Standby Shut Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans p Horn Whistle Coupler Arm Down Cocks Long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 6 is Blower Hiss Fans Therefore by default F4 controls the Blower Hiss Fans Sound e You can specify that F4 control any of Outputs 4 5 and 7 11 in addition to or instead of Output 6 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F4 control the following features Bit0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F4 1 Horn Whistle is affected by F4 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire D The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F4 s The Coupler Sounds are affected by F4 Bit2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are un
11. initial state after a short period or are progressive features where the display would be of no use This includes F3 F6 F7 F9 Shut Down and F10 F8 Sound Mute always comes on in its non mute state when power is first applied Since the F Key status could be displayed as 1 during start up it may not match the status of the Mute feature in the locomotive However the status of this feature is quite evident by the fact the locomotive is making sound If the Mute Key is operated even once the status of the Mute key function display will then match the locomotive Mute status for the remainder of the operating session Since Dynamic Brakes is a State Dependent feature its status in the locomotive may not match the F Key function display of 1 However since the Dynamic Brakes will shut off whenever entering Neutral or slowing below 7smph unless you hear the Dynamic Brakes or have recently turned them on with a level 1 setting it is a fair assumption that they are off If the display for F5 is O then the Dynamic Brakes are known to be off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 254 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix VIII Interaction of Function Keys Function Groups Function Inputs and Outputs and Feature Assignments The diagram below shows graphically how the Function Keys Function Groups Function Inputs and Outputs are configured and how they interact Command Locomotive Station Quantum Function Keys Decoder Direc
12. 2 To leave Standby either double press the F6 Start Up key described in the Start Up section or double press F9 again to reach the final stage of Shut Down Total Shut Down In Standby the locomotive will not respond to the throttle or most function keys The three exceptions are the F6 Start Up Function Key described below the F8 Mute Key described above and the F10 Status Key described above Standby in Diesel locomotives called Low Idle has more utility than Standby in Steam and Electric locomotives It allows a Diesel to be left on a siding inactive with only the motor running at its special Low Idle sounds For Steam and Electric locomotives the locomotive will appear to be completely inactive except for Cab and Number Board lights occasional Air Pump sounds and Blower or Fan sounds Stage Three Total Shut Down 1 In Standby double press F9 to enter Total Shut Down You will hear a Long Air Let off followed by the sounds of a shutdown procedure specific to your type of locomotive Diesel Locomotives Low Idle Diesel Motors will return to normal idle sounds Then the Air Pumps will turn off as will the Number Board Lights followed by the sounds of the Cooling Fans shutting off the Louvers closing the Diesel Motor s shutting down Cab Lights shutting off and finally the engineer s door opening and shutting Electric Locomotives The Air Pumps will turn off Cab Lights will turn off followed by the sounds of t
13. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 129 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 7 CV 55 84 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity For models with dimmable Ditch Lights this CV controls the dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 84 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Ditch Lights dimmed you can observe the Ditch Lights intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 84 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 130 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 8 CV 55 84 SI Ditch Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic ditch lights to be bright not strobing in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 84 1 and CV 55 84 3 to 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 and CV 55 84 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example2 want the automatic ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 84 1 and CV 55 84 3 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 and CV 55 84 4 to 0 Example 3 How will the ditch lights behave if set CV 55 84
14. 1 Press F7 to start Squealing Brake sounds 2 The Squealing Brakes sounds end automatically but you can press F7 while the brake squeal is occurring to re trigger the squealing sounds This allows you to continue the squealing brake sounds without any dead period for an indefinite period The squealing brake sounds will terminate abruptly when the locomotive stops and enters Neutral Note If you lower the throttle to speed step 0 pressing F7 will apply Air Brakes instead of activating squealing brake sounds 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse If you have selected any non zero deceleration inertia value in CV 4 and or CV 24 the F7 key can be used to apply Air Brakes to stop the locomotive more quickly than it would normally stop from the inertia settings 17 To use Air Brakes e Turn the throttle down to speed step 0 on a moving locomotive this enables the F7 key to act as a brake e Press the F7 key Hear a brief brake squeal sound and air being released from the brake lines continually The longer the air is released the greater the braking action e Press the F7 key again to stop the air release The train will continue to slow at the last braking value Note F7 will apply brakes when set to1 and stop the air release when set to 0 Depending on the initial setting for F7 when you turn your throttle down to speed step zero you may need to press the F7 key twice to first apply brakes e f you want to apply more braking
15. F3 Key GasTurbine Die 24 NFF NFR Selects between Diesel mode and Turbine mode sel Transition for the UP Gas Turbine Locomotive Dim Ditch Lights 86 All Explicitly switches the Ditch Lights from Bright to be Dim See CV 55 84 x Dim Headlight 72 All Explicitly switches the Headlight from Bright to Dim See CV 55 70 x Dim Mars Light 78 All Explicitly switches the Mars Light from Bright to Dim See CV 55 76 x Dim Reverse 75 All Explicitly switches the Reverse light from Bright to Light Dim See CV 55 73 x Disconnect Stan 145 NFF NFR See section 1 17 Three Stages of Shut Down dby Total Shut Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Down Neutral Ditch Lights 85 All Explicitly turns the Ditch Lights On or Off See CV 55 84 x Doppler Shift 65 FWD REV See section 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 99 267 15 Dec 2007 Dynamic Brakes 5 FDW REV See section 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key and Disconnect Flanges 215 FWD REV See section 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges Squealing F7 in Forward or Reverse Brakes Flanges 216 FWD REV This feature is a combination of Squealing Flanges Squealing Brakes 215 and Air Brakes Brakes Air 176 If assigned to a function key and pressed Brakes when Air Brakes would not normally be functional i e throttle at some non zero
16. Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Dim Dim Bright Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 73 1 Feature 73 has precedence over Features 74 and 75 When the Feature 73 function state is 1 the Feature 74 and 75 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 73 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The reverse light intensity changes in response to Feature 74 and 75 function key presses Feature 75 Feature 74 Intensity Function Function State State x 0 Off 0 1 Bright 1 1 Dim If the Feature 73 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 73 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 74 has precedence over Feature 75 If the Feature 74 function state is 0 the Feature 75 function state is ignored If the reverse light cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 110 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 4 1 Default Value 1 CV 55 73 0 Reverse Light Initial State CV 55 73 0 Reverse Light Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Reverse Light features Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature 75 74 73 Function Function Function State State State e Default value 00000001
17. P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 PO e CV 49 is used as an index into a table of up to 256 related values Primary Index Table of Values 0 Value 0 1 Value 1 2 Value 2 3 Value 3 e For example CV 49 is used as an index for CV 52 which contains the volume levels for up to 256 Individual Sounds Primary Index Table of Volume Levels 0 Volume Level for Sound 0 1 Volume Level for Sound 1 2 Volume Level for Sound 2 3 Volume Level for Sound 3 e In this document the terms CV 49 and Primary Index mean the same thing PI is the abbreviation for Primary Index e We use a shorthand notation to simplify description of a CV that is composed of a one dimensional table of values The elements of the table are referred to as CV NN PI where NN is the CV number and PI is the Primary Index For example Individual Sound Volume 5 is written CV 52 5 During verbal acknowledgement or during CV Numeric Verbal Readout CV 64 from the locomotive it is spoken out as CV five two point five Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 86 267 15 Dec 2007 5 3 CV 50 QSI Secondary Index Use CV 50 to specify the Secondary Index for a CV that is implemented as a two dimensional array Default Value 0 CV 50 Secondary Index Register SI Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 SO e CV 50
18. System by NMRA DCC Reference Manual for QSI Quantum Q1a and Q2 Equipped Locomotives For Firmware Version 7 15 Dec 2007 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 2 267 15 Dec 2007 Table of Contents Table of Contents Digital Command Control Explained This Manual 1 Locomotive Operation in DCC 1 1 Getting Started 1 2 Basic Throttle and Direction Control Locomotive Directional States 1 3 Throttle Control Modes 1 5 Function Keys 1 5 1 Common Feature Function Key Assignments 1 6 Automatic Features 1 7 Horn Whistle and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Key 1 9 Sound of Power 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse 1 11 1 Horn Button Method 1 11 2 F6 Doppler Shift Operation Method 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges F7 in Forward or Reverse 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse 1 16 Status Report F10 1 17 Alternate Horn Selection F11 1 18 Three Stages of Shut Down Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Neutral Stage One Disconnect Stage Two Standby Stage Three Total Shut Down 1 19 Start Up F6in Neutral Start Up from Disconnect Start Up from Standby Start Up from Total Shut Down 1 20 Function Key Operation in Neutral 2 Programming Configuration Variables 2 1 Service Mode Programming 2 2 Operations Mode Programming 2 3 List of CV s
19. and you wrote 2 to CV64 you would hear C V two equals three two If this bit were 1 you would hear three two Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and CV Numeric Readout are available only during Ops Mode In Service Mode there is not sufficient track power to run the Quantum Sound System The overall System Volume determines the volume for these verbal responses If you cannot hear the Ops Mode verbal responses you will need to turn up the System Volume see CV 51 0 If you cannot hear verbal responses during Ops Mode programming check to see if you have activated the Mute feature 120 Write bit operation is supported for CV 62 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 196 267 15 Dec 2007 Example To Disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement 1 Set CV 62 to 0 Example To Disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and specify CV Numeric Readout of the CV Value only 1 Set CV 62 to 4 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 197 267 15 Dec 2007 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 198 267 15 Dec 2007 5 11 CV 64 CV Numeric Verbal Readout Verbal CV Inquiry Use this CV to hear the locomotive speak the value of any CV as a decimal number This works only in Operations Mode Default Value NA CV 64 Numeric Verbal Readout Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D4 D2 D1 DO D6 D5 D3 e To hear the locomotive speak th
20. extra points will be interpolated between each of the 28 data points to provide a smooth curve consisting of 255 points e The User Defined Speed Table must be enabled by setting CV 29 bit 5 to 1 and CV 25 bit 1 to 0 or 1 e Default Values CV Speed Step Default Value CV 67 Speed Step 1 0 CV 68 Speed Step 2 9 CV 69 Speed Step 3 18 CV 70 Speed Step 4 28 CV 71 Speed Step 5 37 CV 72 Speed Step 6 47 CV 73 Speed Step 7 56 CV 74 Speed Step 8 66 CV 75 Speed Step 9 75 CV 76 Speed Step 10 85 CV 77 Speed Step 11 94 CV 78 Speed Step 12 103 CV 79 Speed Step 13 113 CV 80 Speed Step 14 122 CV 81 Speed Step 15 132 CV 82 Speed Step 16 141 CV 83 Speed Step 17 151 CV 84 Speed Step 18 160 CV 85 Speed Step 19 170 CV 86 Speed Step 20 179 CV 87 Speed Step 21 188 CV 88 Speed Step 22 198 CV 89 Speed Step 23 207 CV 90 Speed Step 24 217 CV 91 Speed Step 25 226 CV 92 Speed Step 26 236 CV 93 Speed Step 27 245 CV 94 Speed Step 28 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 201 267 15 Dec 2007 6 3 CV 95 Reverse Trim Reverse Trim specifies a scale factor by which a voltage drive level should be multiplied when the controller is driving the unit in the Reverse direction Default Value CV 95 Reverse Trim Registers 128 Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB D7 D6 D5 D
21. for a few seconds when the motor is revved down Vents and Cooling Fans The enormous diesel motors and generators enclosed in the diesel cab need ventilation to stay cool All diesel locomotives have powerful cooling fans on the roof to draw outside air through louvers on the sides of the locomotive which is then blown across large radiators You will also hear the sounds of louvers opening before the fans start When cooling fans shut down you will hear the louvers close after the fans have quit Air Pumps When a locomotive is sitting still the pumps come on in a steady beat to replace the air lost from the brake air release or from air operated appliances Once the pressure is up the pumps only turn on occasionally to maintain the pressure Diesel Air Pumps are operated directly from the motor and are quite noticeable when turned on in a non moving locomotive You will hear the Air Pumps come on soon after the horn is operated to maintain the air pressure Appliance Air Release Compressed air is used on locomotives for operating various appliances You will hear either a Short Air Let off or Long Air Let off at various times Brake Squeal You can hear the brakes squeal on prototype locomotives when they are moving slowly This sound can become quite loud when the wheels are just about to stop turning Listen for automatic Squealing Brake sounds at slow speeds and the final distinctive squealing sounds as the Quantum equipped Diesel locomot
22. for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 107 function state turns the rear marker lights on Example 3 want explicit rear marker lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear marker lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 106 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear marker lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 107 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 147 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 11 CV 55 112 SI Front Step Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front step lights operation Feature ID Feature Name Use 112 Automatic Front Step Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Step Lights 113 Front Step Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Step Lights On Off The front step lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 112 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front step lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the front step lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 112 1 Feature 112 has precedence over Feature 113 When the F
23. press the F7 key again to release more air When you reach the desired amount of braking press F7 again to stop the air release e Turn up the throttle to any value above O to release the brakes this action resets the locomotive s deceleration to a value determined by the sum of CV 4 and CV 24 e If the locomotive is in Neutral when the F7 key is pressed the Cylinder Cocks will arm Note Ifthe throttle is set to any speed step except 0 Air Brakes are not enabled instead the F7 key will now manually activate Squealing Brake Flange sounds but will not affect the locomotive s deceleration Note Ifthe direction state is changed while moving F7 is enabled to act as a brake without the need to reduce the throttle to speed step 0 After stopping and changing direction the loco will accelerate back to its original speed If CV 4 or CV 24 is non zero F7 can be used to apply Air Brakes to stop a moving locomotive more quickly than it would normally stop from the inertia settings 7 17 CV 4 and CV 24 determine the deceleration rate Applying the brakes increases the deceleration rate temporarily 18 If the optional Cylinder Cocks feature is not include in your model the F7 key will produce a long Air Let off 19 CV 4 and CV 24 determine the deceleration rate Applying the brakes temporarily increases the rate of deceleration Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 18 267 15 Dec 2007 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key You can reduce the System Volume to a
24. respond only when the function signal goes to level O from level 1 but not respond when going from level 1 to level 0 This would result in the undesirable and somewhat confusing response of an Air Let off every other time the function key was pressed Analog Features Analog feature respond to a range of inputs Many QSI CV have Analog values such as Dim headlight intensity that can be change by CV 55 70 10 Analog features are sometimes assigned to Function keys One example is Air Brakes Each time the F7 key is pressed more simulate pressure is released from the brake lines and the greater the braking If the F7 is released the braking continues at the last value In other words the amount of braking is an analog function of how long the F7 key was pressed Progressive Features A Progressive Feature does two things when operated 1 it activates the currently enabled feature and 2 it enables another feature The next time it is operated it may activate a newly enabled feature and enables the next feature etc Progressive Features can be Binary or Momentary Locomotive Shut Down is an example of a Progressive Binary Feature There are three stages to the shut down operation Double pressing the F9 Key on a locomotive in Neutral will put it in Disconnect the next double press operation of the F9 Key will put it in Standby the next double press operation of the F9 Key will cause it to enter Total Shut Down At this point operating F9 key will ha
25. see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 93 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 82 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F12 1 Audio Mute is affected by F12 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F12 Ni Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F12 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F12 4 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F12 Output 13 Number Board Lights 0 Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F12 iR Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F12 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F12 1 Cab Lights are affected by F12 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 83 267 15 Dec 2007 5 CV s 49 64 QSI Unique CV s 5 1 Overview Many of the available CV s have been reserved by the NMRA to provide standardized and
26. significant byte must be written first followed by CV 18 the least significant byte If the order is reversed the Quantum decoder will not accept the values entered Bits A15 and A14 must both be assigned 1 which adds 192 to the value of the byte in CV 17 The remaining 6 bits of C17 and the 8 bits of C18 allow addresses to be assigned between 0 and 10 239 inclusive Any attempt to program an extended ID above 10 239 will be ignored To enter CV 17 and CV 18 by direct programming first divide the decimal address you intend to enter by 256 convert the quotient to binary add the two leading 1 s for bits A14 and A15 and write the result to CV 17 Convert the remainder to binary and write this number to CV 18 36 The default for CV 17 is actually 192 which is an artifact of how these ID numbers are specified by the NRMA where 192 is added to the MSB Most Significant Byte of the address you want to enter If you have a modern Command Station that programs your ID numbers directly you will enter your ID number equal to the Extended Address you intend to use however if you program the extended address CV directly a zero address must be entered as 192 See example in this section on directly programming CV 17 and CV 18 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 40 267 15 Dec 2007 Example1 Decimal Entry Program CV 17 and CV 18 to Extended Address 5343 Divide 5343 by 256 to get 20 as quotient and 223 as remainder Note If you use a c
27. the greater the amount of pitch change as the locomotive passes by There is no Doppler Shift at speeds less than 15 scale miles per hour smph instead you will hear a short air let off when F6 is pressed Try using the F6 key to affect chuffing sounds sans Whistle or Bell to create interesting environmental effects Note Some base stations produce an intermittent and independent horn signal interruption that causes an unexpected Doppler Shift If this happens frequently you may want to disable the horn triggered Doppler Shift by setting CV 51 2 bit 0 to 0 Note With some Command Stations using the horn button to activate the Horn Whistle and then while this button is held down pressing F6 causes the Horn Whistle to shut off instead of causing a Doppler Shift effect 1 This is similar to the method used in Analog DC to trigger a Doppler Shift Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 17 267 15 Dec 2007 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges F7 in Forward or Reverse Quantum locomotives provide automatic Brake Squeal as a locomotive slows to a stop To enable automatic Squealing Brakes operate the locomotive over 40 smph 64 skph When the speed is reduced to less than 20 smph 32 skph squealing Brake sounds will sound automatically When the locomotive is moving you can also manually activate continuous or variable brake sounds when slowing or stopping the locomotive or to simulate the sounds of squealing flanges on curved track
28. the locomotive s sound system will turn on when any valid DCC Ops Mode packet is received Bit1 Selects between Imperial and Metric Units 0 Selects Imperial Units The locomotive s speed is reported in scale miles per hour smph Under Calibrated Speed Control see CV 56 4 each speed step increment is equal to 1 smph Imperial Units is the default for models of US prototypes 1 Selects Metric Units The locomotive s speed is reported in scale kilometers per hour skph Under Calibrated Speed Control each speed step increment is equal to 1 skph Metric Units is the default for models of non US prototypes Bit3 Selects BEMF synchronized chuff calibration mode 0 BEMF synchronized chuffs calibration mode Off default 1 BEMF synchronized chuffs calibration mode On In this mode the locomotive maintains a constant speed at each speed step and in place of normal chuffing sounds produces a single short air release sound once per wheel revolution Cylinder Cocks sounds are turned off to make it easier to hear the air release sound It is now easy to adjust CV56 13 Chuff Interval Trim to obtain exactly one air release per wheel revolution Bit 4 Selects between BEMF synchronized and CAM synchronized chuffs on Steam locomotives 0 Synchronize chuffs using BEMF default Ae Synchronize chuffs using a Chuff CAM Bit5 Odometer Mode 104 The default for models of non US
29. then the Feature 115 function state turns the rear step lights on Example 3 want explicit rear step lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear step lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 114 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear step lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 7 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 115 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 155 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 13 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front cab lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 116 Automatic Front Cab Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Cab Lights 117 Front Cab Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Cab Lights On Off The front cab lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 116 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front cab lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for front cab light automatic control are Forward Neutral from Forward Reverse Neutral from Reverse Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 116 1 Feature 116 has precedence over Featu
30. will hear a different sound as the bell swings backward and forward producing the familiar ding dong effect Pneumatic bells produce a very repetitive ring and often at a much faster ring rate than a pull bell During turn on in Neutral you will hear the pneumatic clapper gain greater throw with each stroke until it finally strikes the Bell During shut down in Neutral you will hear the Bell sound fade out for either pneumatic or pull Bells Horn Steam locomotives sometimes had both a whistle and a horn Whistle were used when sound needed to carry a long way such as in country areas or large yards where whistle blasts were used for communication Horns were useful in the city or in fogy areas where the pitch of the horn made it easier to locate a moving locomotive If your model has an alternate Horn Alternate Horn Selection is assigned to function key F11 The Quantum System uses authentic locomotive sounds whenever possible If you blow the Horn briefly you will produce a realistic short Horn sound or hoot Some Quantum Sound sets have special Horn Ending which can be played by tapping the horn button immediately after finishing horn operation Doppler Run by The locomotive sounds get louder as the train approaches then immediately drop to a much lower pitch and lower volume as the train passes by With a little practice you can activate the Doppler Effect exactly when and where you want Doppler pitch change is based on the speed of
31. 0 to 00011111 binary 1F hex 31 decimal Answer The automatic ditch lights are initially activated and the ditch lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 84 1 4 settings If the automatic ditch lights are deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 85 function state turns the ditch lights on and the Feature 87 function state makes the ditch lights strobe Example 4 want explicit ditch lights on off control at all times At startup want the ditch lights off until turn them on with a function key When the ditch lights are on they should be bright not strobing Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 85 to a function output Example 5 Same as example 4 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the ditch lights as well When first turn the ditch lights on they should be bright Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 85 to a function output Feature 86 to a second function output and Feature 87 to a third function output Example 6 want to explicitly strobe the ditch lights but when not strobing the ditch lights should be always bright Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 00000010 binary
32. 00101110 110 6E 01101110 174 AE 10101110 238 EE 11101110 47 2F 00101111 111 6F 01101111 175 AF 10101111 239 EF 11101111 48 30 00110000 112 70 01110000 176 BO 10110000 240 FO 11110000 49 31 00110001 113 71 01110001 177 B1 10110001 241 F1 11110001 50 32 00110010 114 72 01110010 178 B2 10110010 242 F2Error 11110010 51 33 00110011 115 73 01110011 179 B3 10110011 243 F3 11110011 52 34 00110100 116 74 01110100 180 B4 10110100 244 F4 11110100 53 35 00110101 117 75 01110101 181 B5 10110101 245 F5 11110101 54 36 00110110 118 76 01110110 182 B6 10110110 246 F6 11110110 55 37 00110111 119 77 01110111 183 B7 10110111 247 F7 11110111 56 38 00111000 120 78 01111000 184 B8 10111000 248 F8 11111000 57 39 00111001 121 79 01111001 185 B9 10111001 249 F9 11111001 58 3A 00111010 122 7A 01111010 186 BA 10111010 250 FA 11111010 59 3B 00111011 123 7B 01111011 187 BB 10111011 251 FB 11111011 60 3c 00111100 124 7C 01111100 188 BC 10111100 252 FC 11111100 61 3D 00111101 125 7D 01111101 189 BD 10111101 253 FD 11111101 62 3E 00111110 126 7E 01111110 190 BE 10111110 254 FE 11111110 63 3F 00111111 127 7F 01111111 191 BF 10111111 255 FF 11111111 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 261 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix XII Rights and Obligations QSIndustries Inc Software License Agreement 1 Grant of License QSIndustries Inc grants you the owner the right to use the software that is included with your Quantum system only with the Quantum equipped locomotive that you purcha
33. 02 hex 2 decimal Next remove the Automatic Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 87 to a function output You do not need to assign Feature 85 to a function output Example7 Similar to example 2 want the automatic ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in FWD only Further want this behavior even if FL is 0 Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 1 Then set CV 55 84 1 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 CV 55 84 3 and CV 55 84 4 to 0 Finally remove the Automatic Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 131 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 7 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front number board lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 100 Automatic Front Number Board Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Lights Activate Number Board Lights 101 Front Number Board Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Number Board Lights On Off The front number board lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 100 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front number board lights intensity changes automatically in response to chang
34. 116 and 117 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 157 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 13 2 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Cab Lights behavior Default Value 68 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal On in NFF and NFR e If bit O 1 the front cab lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front cab lights are on in NFF If the front cab lights were already on in FWD they remain on in NFF If they were off in FWD they come on after 10 seconds e If bit 4 1 the front cab lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front cab lights are on in NFR If the front cab lights were already on in REV they remain on in NFR If they were off in REV they come on after 10 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 158 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 13 3 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front cab lights to be on in all motive states FWD NFF REV and NFR Solution Set CV 55 116 1 to 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal Example 2 How will the front cab lights behave if set CV 55 116 0 to 00000
35. 3 CV95ReverseTrim 22002 Appendix I 203 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 6 267 15 Dec 2007 Sounds Available in DCC Operation Steam Sounds 1 1 Automatic Sounds 1 2 Controllable Sounds Diesel Sounds 2 1 Automatic Sounds 2 2 Controllable Sounds Electric Locomotive Sounds 3 1 Automatic Sounds 3 2 Controllable Sounds Gas Turbine Sounds 4 1 Automatic Sounds 4 2 Controllable Sounds Appendix Il Gas Turbine Operation Prototype Design and Operation DCC Operation for Quantum Gas Turbine Introduction Function Keys Automatic Features Changing From Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode Changing from Turbine to Diesel Mode Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode F7 Sound of Power Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 F1 Doppler Operation F6 Squealing Brake and Flange Sounds F7 Dynamic Brakes F5 Start Up F6 Mute F8 Function Key Operation in Neutral DCC Programming for the Gas Turbine Changing the System Volume Electronically in CV 51 0 Changing the Mute Volume Electronically in CV 51 1 203 203 203 204 205 205 205 207 207 207 209 209 209 211 211 211 219 219 219 220 220 221 223 223 223 223 223 224 225 225 225 226 226 226 Enable Disable Doppler Shift from Whistle Signal Interrupt and Enable Disable Turbine Diesel Transition from Coded Horn CV 51 2 Changing Individual Sound Volumes CV 52 X Standard Throttle Control Speed Control and Regulated Throttle Control
36. 44 45 46 Descniplons n aeiitiea teem annie 205 207 209 Troubleshooting 2 2 235 Volume Hom B tton seisoen neei 022282 15 17 I Imperial Units u He essen 168 IndexediCV s 2 232 ar aca dase eae et 84 Shorthand Notation cccccssccccscsssssccceceesesssseeeeceeensas 86 87 Individual Sound Identifiers Inertia 2 32 Inertial Control seeen oerna a a Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC 12 171 Locomotive Scale CV 56 25 SI cccccecsscessseeseceseeesseesseeeesseesees 186 Long Address see also Extended Address ccccssecceeseeeeeeteees 40 Long Air Let Off roerei n i aa 23 100 250 Volume ea rn eco 95 M Magnetic Wan sesiis sioe nann ea eaea Erien 239 Disable unse tests esse 169 Raset 5 3 33 25 240 Volume Adjustment 3239 Manufacturer Unique CV S uceeeeseesseeesneesssensnennnnennnennnnensneennnennnnnnnn 84 Manufacturer s ID CV 8 cccccssccssecessceeseceseeeeseeesseseseeeseeesseees 38 Manufacturer s Version Number CV 7 cccscessscesseeeseeeseeeeseees 37 Marker Lights ia a r inion ER 100 101 251 Automatic Marker Lights 13 14 98 99 165 251 Configuration sns scrise eani es RRE E 142 146 Initial State M rs Hight eee eae eere ea aaaea aeaa Automatic Mars Light eee 14 98 164 Configuration
37. 5 7 5 7 CV55 76 SI Mars Light Examples 5 7 6 CV 55 84 SI Ditch Lights 5 7 6 1 CV55 84 0 Initial State 5 7 6 2 CV 55 84 1 Automatic Ditch Lights FWD Configuration 5 7 6 3 CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration 5 7 6 4 CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration 5 7 6 5 CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration 5 7 6 6 CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time 5 7 6 7 CV 55 84 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity 5 7 6 8 CV 55 84 SI Ditch Lights Examples 5 7 7 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights 5 7 7 1 CV 55 100 0 Front Number Board Lights Initial State 5 7 7 2 CV 55 100 1 Automatic Front Number Board Lights Configuration 5 7 7 3 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights Examples 5 7 8 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights 5 7 8 1 CV 55 102 0 Rear Number Board Lights Initial State 5 7 8 2 CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration 5 7 8 3 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights Examples 5 7 9 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights 5 7 9 1 CV 55 104 0 Front Marker Lights Initial State 5 7 9 2 CV 55 104 1 Automatic Front Marker Lights Configuration 5 7 9 3 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights Examples 5 7 10 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights 5 7 10 1 CV 55 106 0 Rear Marker Lights Initial State 5 7 10 2 CV 55 106 1 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Configuration 5 7 10 3 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Examples 5 7 11 CV 55 112 SI Front Step Lights 5 7 11 1 CV 55 112 0 Front Step Lights Initial State 5 7 11 2 CV 55 112 1
38. 55 100 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the front number board lights behave if set CV 55 100 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front number board lights are initially activated and the front number board lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 100 1 settings If the automatic front number board lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 101 function state turns the front number board lights on Example 3 want explicit front number board lights on off control at all times At startup want the front number board lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 100 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 101 to a function output Example 4 want the front number board lights to be on at all times But don t want them to be affected by function key presses Solution First set CV 55 100 0 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Then remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Example 5 want the front number board lights to be on automatically in FWD and NFF and off automatically in REV and NFR But I don t want them to be affected by function key presses Solutio
39. Adjust with Potentiometer enesesessersesneneenennennenne 229 239 Hardware Volume Controls Individual Sound Volumes CV 52 Pl ee 94 Mute Function Mute Volume CV 51 1 System Volume CV 51 0 20022000000ssesssnseesssnnensnnnnennnnnen 88 VeStart CV 2 i ans db O nie nalen nee 32 50 WangtowW nen chclen debe lal esh ra a Enae rra ee iE Water Inject 32 204 2er testen Description Vollmer een lider ea MeeVee een a Wheel Diameter CV 56 24 S 0 0 ccccceccsccesscesseeesecesseeeseeeeseeesees 185 Whistle 0 0 0 0 eee en Description VOLUME eieuta aai nE E aE E a 15 Dec 2007 October 2007 QSIndustries Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A Information in this publication supersedes that in all previous published material The contents and the product it describes are subject to change without notice Broadway Limited is a trademark of Broadway Limited Inc Lionel is a registered trademark of Lionel LLC QSI is a registered trademark of QSIndustries Inc Sound of Power Quantum QARC and Quantum Analog Remote Control are trademarks of QSIndustries Inc All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders QSI makes no representations or warranties with respect to this publication In no event shall QSIndustries Inc be liable for any damages direct or incidental arising out of or related to the use of this publication Quantum DCC ref manu
40. Armed on Feedback Feedback Gas Doppler 25 seconds Startup Turbine in NFF NFR Start Up 0 00000000 00 X 1 00000001 01 X 2 00000010 02 X X 3 00000011 03 X 4 00000100 04 X X 5 00000101 05 X X 6 00000110 06 X x x 7 00000111 07 X 8 00001000 08 X X 9 00001001 09 X X 10 00001010 0A x x x 11 00001011 0B X X 12 00001100 oc X X x 13 00001101 0D x x x 14 00001110 OE x x x x 15 00001111 OF X 16 00010000 10 x x 17 00010001 11 X X 18 00010010 12 x x x 19 00010011 13 X X 20 00010100 14 x x X 21 00010101 15 X X X 22 00010110 16 X X X X 23 00010111 17 X X 24 00011000 18 X X X 25 00011001 19 X X X 26 00011010 1A X X X X 27 00011011 1B X X X 28 00011100 1C X X X X 29 00011101 1D X X X X 30 00011110 1E X X X X X 31 00011111 1F X 32 00100000 20 X X 33 00100001 21 X X 34 00100010 22 X X X 35 00100011 23 X X 36 00100100 24 X X X 37 00100101 25 X X X 38 00100110 26 X X X X 39 00100111 27 X X 40 00101000 28 X X X 41 00101001 29 X X X 42 00101010 2A X X X X 43 00101011 2B X X X 44 00101100 2C X X X X 45 00101101 2D X X X X 46 00101110 2E X X X X X 47 00101111 2F X X 48 00110000 30 X X X 49 00110001 31 X X X 50 00110010 32 X X X X 51 00110011 33 X X X 52 00110100 34 X X X X 53 00110101 35 X X X X 54 00110110 36 X X X X X 55 00110111 37 X X X 56 00111000 38 X X X X 57 00111001 39 X X X X 58 00111010 3A X X X X X 59 00111011 3B X X X X 60 00111100 3C X X X X X 61 00111101 3D
41. Bit 0 Sign D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 23 can have any value from 127 to 127 where positive values will increase the acceleration time and negative values will decrease the acceleration time A positive value is indicated by a 0 in bit 7 while a 1 indicates a negative value e A positive value of CV 23 adds directly to the value of CV 3 by the formula below Seconds speed step CV 3 CV 23 0 896 Number of Speed Steps e The purpose of CV 23 is to allow the operator to simulate differing train lengths loads most often when operating in Consists It can however apply to single locomotives as well Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 47 267 15 Dec 2007 3 14 CV 24 Deceleration Adjustment Increases or decreases the Deceleration from the base Deceleration Rate in CV 4 Default Value 0 CV 24 Deceleration Adjustment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Sign D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 24 can have any value from 127 to 127 where positive values will increase the deceleration time and negative values will decrease the deceleration time A positive value is indicated by a 0 in bit 7 while a 1 indicates a negative value e A positive value of CV 24 adds directly to the value of CV 4 by the formula below Seconds speed step CV 4 CV 24 0 896 Number of Speed Steps e The purpose of CV 24 is to allow the operator to simul
42. Blowers Fans can be turned on or off by a function key signal thereby disabling automatic operation Until automatic operation is restored the Blower Fans will only respond to their function key signal With Take Control features there needs to be a way to clear the Take Control mode to return the feature to automatic operation Quantum 1 returns the Take Control feature back to automatic operation when power is turned off and reapplied or if the F6 Start Up Key is operated at any time Take Control features were eliminated in Q1a DCC software since unintentional Take Control signals could be sent due to the way Function Group packets are sent If your controller function settings are different than Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 247 267 15 Dec 2007 you locomotive sending a command to say turn on the bell could result in also changing and taking control of the directional lighting Function Groups are explained more fully in Appendix VI and in section 1 5 2 Function Key Operation Explained Momentary Features These are single event features that return to their original status after they are activated Examples are Air Let offs Brake Squeal in Forward and Reverse Doppler shift and Neutral Events like Pop off Blow Down Cylinder Cocks etc All Quantum Momentary Features are Transition Activated Although it is possible to use Level Activation it would seem to have limited use For instance you could have an Air Let off
43. CV 55 76 1 4 117 118 119 120 Dim Intensity CV 55 76 10 0 00 eecccsceseesteeeseeesseeeeseens 121 Dim Mars U ght cccossstel een Initial State CV 55 76 0 Strobe Mars Light iii etnia es eri iee Metric Units sense Momentum see also Inertia as Motive St te 2 a ara miese MRO anna sen enterskeninnenlleenfee Multifunction Decoder Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Multiple Automatic Lights 3 iss Configuration age une Multiple Heading see also Consist 220000220eeneneenennn 43 Multiple Units MU s see also Consist 000enn 43 TC ee 13 19 44 101 102 196 199 235 250 253 Automatic Timeout CV 51 5 oo cc cceseccceseeeeneeeeeeteeeeeenee 93 Mute Volume CV 51 1 0 cece eccccceeccesseceeenseeceeeeeeesaeeeeeaeees 89 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 265 267 Programming a Long Address a Returning to the Short Address 2 22402244424402 280 snesnennnn 233 Neutral estate frseilen Neutral From Forward NFF Neutral From Reverse NFR cccsscccssseeceeseeeceeteeeesteeees NMRA us esse CV s Supported by Quantum SANG Ards 25 sie enne naa od Gesstat vases o aea aa aain Null Output Feature 20 0 0 ccc cceccccsseeceeeneeceseaeeeeeseeeesseeeeeeaaes Number Board Lights
44. Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 59 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 62 267 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F2 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F2 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F2 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F2 15 Dec 2007 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F2 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F2 Bit 5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F2 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F2 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F2 a hi Dynamic Brakes are affected by F2 Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F2 4q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F2 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 63 267 15 Dec 2007 4 6 CV 37 Output Location for F3 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F3 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F3 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F3 Default Value 00010000 16 CV 37 Output Location for F3 with Fac
45. Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 76 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The mars light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Strobe Dim Dim Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 76 1 CV 55 76 2 CV 55 76 3 and CV 55 76 4 Feature 76 has precedence over Features 77 78 and 79 When the Feature 76 function state is 1 the Feature 77 78 and 79 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 76 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The Mars Light intensity changes in response to Feature 77 78 and 79 function key presses Feature 79 Feature 78 Feature 77 Intensity Function Function Function State State State x x 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Dim 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 76 has precedence over Features 77 78 and 79 If the Feature 76 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 76 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 77 has precedence over Features 78 and 79 If the Feature 77 function state is 0 the Feature 78 and 79 function states are ignored Feature 79 has precedence over Feature 78 If the Feature 79 function state is 1 the Feature 78 function state is ignored Quantum DCC Ref
46. Duplex steam locomotives have two sets of steam Chuff sounds that will go gradually in and out of synchrony Most articulated locomotives had less weight over the front engine which resulted in more slippage causing the two engines to run at slightly different speeds Cylinder Cocks When a steam locomotive sits idle for an extended period of time water collects in the steam chest Since water is not compressible the fireman will open special cocks on the steam cylinders to allow the water to be ejected as the piston moves As the locomotive moves out clouds of steam and water are propelled out on either side of the locomotive in such a flurry that it sometimes obscures the wheels and valve gear of the engine Hear the sounds of Cylinder Cocks on the model as the locomotive starts out after it has been idle in Neutral for at least 25 seconds The Cylinder Cocks sounds are synchronized to the Chuff and shorten in duration as the loco s speed is increased Under automatic Cylinder Cocks control the Cylinder Cocks sounds terminate when the locomotive s speed reaches 12 smph or after 16 Cylinder Cocks sounds occur Blower or Steam Locomotive Hiss On a moving locomotive the steam from the steam chest venting through the smoke stack draws air through the fire box keeping the fire healthy When the locomotive is sitting still blowers are often turned on to vent steam through the smoke stack to maintain the draft Blowers were often turned off soon af
47. Feature 115 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 114 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 115 function key presses Feature 115 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 114 has precedence over Feature 115 If the Feature 114 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 115 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 152 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 12 1 CV 55 114 0 Rear Step Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Step Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 114 0 Rear Step Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 115 114 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Rear Step Lights Activate Feature 114 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Step Lights On Feature 115 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 114 and 115 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 114 and 115 function states to be set to
48. Feature 118 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Cab Lights On Feature 119 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 118 and 119 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 118 and 119 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 161 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 14 2 CV 55 118 1 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Cab Lights behavior Default Value 68 CV 55 118 1 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal On in NFF and NFR e If bitO 1 the rear cab lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear cab lights are on in NFF If the rear cab lights were already on in FWD they remain on in NFF If they were off in FWD they come on after 10 seconds e If bit 4 1 the rear cab lights are on in REV e If bit 1 the rear cab lights are on in NFR If the rear cab lights were already on in REV they remain on in NFR If they were off in REV they come on after 10 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 162 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 14 3 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab
49. Inertia CV s above is set to non zero values they added to the Intrinsic Inertia of the locomotive Example 7 RTC has a minimum Back EMF value that will maintain minimum momentum Minimum Back EMF is specified in CV 56 5 Figure 1 shows a linear speed curve of motor power versus speed steps Minimum Momentum operation based on minimum BEMF Motor Power Motor Power A Speed steps Speed Steps Figure 1 Figure 2 As the speed steps are reduced the motor power follows this linear power curve and would normally intercept at point A where the locomotive would come to a complete stop The minimum Back EMF maintains a minimum momentum between point A and speed step 0 where the locomotive will finally stop The locomotive minimum speed is bounded by the minimum Back EMF but the speed between speed step A and speed Step 0 can be increase if the locomotive is pushed by another locomotive or is moving downhill This maintains RTC operation and allows the locomotive to operate in concert with others in the same consist Point A is determined by the track voltage and V Start CV 2 If CV 2 is increased the power curve moves to the left as shown in Figure 2 The linear power curve now intersects at point B which is closer to speed step 1 CV2 determines the range of speed steps where the minimum Back EMF is in effect If CV 2 is too large minimum speed is not obtained at any speed step See CV 56 5 for
50. Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear cab lights to be on in all motive states FWD NFF REV and NFR Solution Set CV 55 118 1 to 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal Example 2 How will the rear cab lights behave if set CV 55 118 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear cab lights are initially activated and the rear cab lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 118 1 settings If the automatic rear cab lights are deactivated for example by pressing F12 so that the F12 function state is 0 then the Feature 119 function state turns the rear cab lights on Example 3 want explicit rear cab lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear cab lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 118 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear cab lights feature from multiple automatic lights 3 by setting CV 55 138 3 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 119 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 163 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 15 CV 55 136 S1 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 The Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 136 0 CV 55 136 2 and assign Feature 136 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 136 is assigned to outputs 1 and 2 FL f and FL r in CV 53 By default Multipl
51. Manual Ver 4 2 0 115 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 1 CV 55 76 0 Mars Light Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Mars Light features Default Value 1 CV 55 76 0 Mars Light Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature Feature 79 78 77 76 Function Function Function Function State State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Mars Light Activate Feature 76 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Mars Light On Feature 77 function e Bit2 is the initial state of the Mars Light Dim Feature 78 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of the Mars Light Strobe Feature 79 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 76 77 78 and 79 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 76 77 78 and 79 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 116 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 2 CV 55 76 1 Automatic Mars Light FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in forward Default Value 3 CV 55 76 1 Automatic Mars Light FWD Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
52. Method If your controller has a horn button in addition to the F2 key press the horn button to turn on the Horn Whistle while the locomotive is moving towards you Wait at least one second while the Horn Whistle is blowing Release and re press the horn button quickly so the Horn Whistle does not shut off You will hear the Horn Whistle and other locomotive sounds increase in volume and shift in pitch as the locomotive passes by and then reduce in volume Release the horn button or continue blowing long and short blasts Five to seven seconds after releasing the horn button the sounds will gradually return to normal 1 11 2 F6 Doppler Shift Operation Method Start the Horn Whistle by pressing and releasing the F2 key Press F6 as the locomotive is moving towards you The Horn Whistle and other locomotive sounds increase in volume and shift in pitch as the locomotive passes by and then reduce in volume Press F2 button again to shut off the Horn Whistle or continue blowing long and short blasts by pressing and re pressing F2 If you shut off the Horn Whistle for more than five to seven seconds the sounds will gradually return to normal If the bell was on during DopplerShift it will automatically turn off prior to the sounds returning to normal If Doppler Shift is initiated without the Horn Whistle blowing the sounds return to normal soon after the Doppler Shift is finished Doppler Shift is speed dependent The greater the speed
53. Options CV 56 4 Reset All CV s to Factory Default Values CV 56 128 255 Special Procedure for Short or Extended Address Programming CV 56 129 Disable Enable Verbal Announcements CV 62 CV Inquiry with Verbal Feedback in Ops Mode CV 64 Common NMRA Configuration Values CV 29 Special Operation and Troubleshooting Manual Volume Adjustment Analog and DCC Using the Quantum Reset Jumper to Return Your Locomotive to Factory Default Values Analog and DCC Program Track Operation DCC Reasons why Your Locomotive is Silent or will not Start Analog and DCC Appendix III A Recommended DCC Command Stations Appendix Ill B Programming a Long Address on Digitrax Appendix III C Programming a Long Address on North Coast Engineering NCE Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 7 267 15 Dec 2007 226 226 227 227 227 228 228 228 229 229 229 229 229 230 230 232 232 233 233 Appendix IV DCC Troubleshooting Operations Mode Service Mode Operation using the Program Track Appendix V Using the Quantum Hardware Reset and Volume Controls Appendix VI Quantum Throttle Control QSI Inertial Control and Regulated Throttle Control The Prototype and the Model Previous Solutions Inertial Control and Regulated Throttle Control Appendix VII Different types of Feature Operation from Function Commands Classification of DCC Signal Types __ Classification of Feature Types Function Groups Quantum Features and Sign
54. Outputs ccc ecceeecceesteeeeeteeeeeeee 54 256 257 Troubleshooting esenesnennenennenennnsenennn 235 G Gas Turbine Prototype Design and Description 244 24400 211 Prototype Operation F Troubleshooting ccceecceseeesceeeneceeeeeeceseeseeeaeeeeeeeeseeneeeaees Turbine Whine Descnption n aceeetetenaneeinntenn 209 Volume esse E e Ea anaE 95 Turbine Whoosh Description een 209 Volume ETE T R O R A TOT 95 Turbine Diesel Transition 13 90 99 220 250 Description Grade Crossing engeren ie Graph C5 Affect on Applied Motor Voltage c cceccccsceseeeeteeeteeeeee CV 2 Affect on Applied Motor Voltage Speed Table Selections ccccccecesseceeeseceeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeee H Hardware Reset 42224 een 238 Headlight 13 100 249 250 Automatic Headlight 14 98 164 250 Configuration CV 55 70 cece eccccescesseesteeeseeeseeesees 107 Dim Headlight 995 250 Dim Intensity CV 55 70 10 0 0 cece ccccesscesseesseeseeeeseeenseees 108 Initial State CV 55 70 0 106 Troubleshooting 0er Hensel 235 Heavy Load ccescccsscceseceseesseeeseeeeeeens 13 19 90 100 102 252 Helper 15 Dec 2007 EndlHelperiss 2 2 areas 45 46 Lead Locomotive 00 ccccccccccccccceessssssccesessssssseseeene
55. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 57 267 15 Dec 2007 4 3 CV 34 Output Location for FL r This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by FL r A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by FL r while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by FL r Default Value 00000011 3 CV 34 Output Location for FL r with Factory Default Features Coupler Crash Doppler Dynamic Blower Directional Directional C ler F Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupier Ami Hom Whistle Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Outputs 1 and 2 is the Directional Lighting System Therefore by default FL r controls the Directional Lighting System in Reverse or Neutral from Reverse e You can specify that FL r control any of Outputs 3 thru 8 in addition to or instead of Outputs 1 and 2 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that FL r control the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL r 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL r Bit1 Output 2 Directional Li
56. RMP at all times Although the changes in Turbine sound are not as dramatic as changes in diesel RPM s or volume they are nevertheless quite noticeable Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 There are two ways to use the F3 key e As your locomotive is about to couple up to a string of cars press the F3 key to trigger the crashing sound of locomotive coupling Use the F3 key again as the engine moves out to trigger the same sound as the slack is taken up in the cars e Use the F3 key in Neutral to produce uncoupling sounds as you disconnect cars over uncoupler magnets Press the F3 key once to produce the sound of the lift bar and coupling pin being raised This first press also arms the uncoupling sound effect Press the F3 key again while moving or in Neutral to trigger the sound of the coupler knuckle opening and air lines parting Horn and Bell Buttons F2 F1 Some DCC controllers have separate horn and bell buttons along with function keys assigned to horn and bell operation The bell is usually assigned to F1 and the horn is usually assigned to F2 The F2 key behaves differently than using the horn button e Pressing the F2 key and releasing it will cause the horn command to come on and stay on until you press F2 again e Pressing the horn button will send the horn command only as long as you hold the button down Pressing the F1 key and releasing it will cause the Bell to come on and stay on until you press F1 again There is no di
57. Reverse Light in Forward will not cause the Reverse Light to turn on since its automatic behavior would have them off in that directional state however it you then entered Reverse the Automatic Reverse Light would turn on When an indicated function key disables an automatic feature all lights will be off For instance disabling Automatic Reverse Light will immediately shut off the operating Reverse Light and it will not turn on again until the automatic feature is enabled Note Reverse Light operation applies simultaneously to both the Locomotive Rear and the Tender Reverse Lights These lamps are wired together when the tender is plugged in and are not under separate Quantum control Note Use CV 55 to change the behavior of lights from what is described in the above table Note Lights and other features can be assigned to function keys and configured to different kinds of operation and initial conditions in CV 53 Output Feature Assignment and CV 55 QSI Feature Configuration See the Quantum DCC Reference Manual version 4 Changing between Diesel and Gas Turbine Mode Changing From Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode The Gas Turbine locomotive comes from the factory in Diesel Mode Because of the limited power from the diesel motor in the prototype the model will be limited to 25 smph or less in Diesel Mode To achieve full power from your model for mainline operation you will need to change to Turbine Mode There are two ways to do
58. Severson presented at the 2006 NMRA Convention in Philadelphia PA Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 241 267 15 Dec 2007 True electronic Speed Control has a fundamental problem When two or more locomotives with true electronic Speed Control are coupled together in a consist the consist operation becomes inherently unstable Imagine two locomotives both responding to a speed command to go 35 smph If both locomotives were identical they would travel together at the same speed with no problems But because of variations in electronic component values gear ratios age etc both the speed references and the on board speed measurements will be slightly different For instance let s say the trailing locomotive Locomotive B has a slightly lower internal speed measurement than the lead locomotive This is shown in the Figure 3 where Locomotive B believes that is only going 34 9 smph scale miles per hour when in reality it is going 35 smph In this example the lead locomotive is properly calibrated it is actually going the speed it thinks it is going 35 smhp Locomotive B thinks 35 Locomotive A correctly smph is actually 34 9 smph thinks 35 smph is 35 smph If the two locomotives were both traveling at 35 smph at a particular moment in time the Locomotive will sense that it is going too slow 34 9 smph and will apply more power to the motor to speed up the consist to achieve its requested speed of 35 smph Locomotive A on the other hand is
59. Supported by Quantum Locomotives 3 _ CV s 1 29 NMRA Standard CV s 3 1 CV 1 Primary Address Control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 3 267 15 Dec 2007 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 CV 2 V Start CV 3 Acceleration Rate CV 4 Deceleration Rate CV 5 V High CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number CV 8 Manufacturer s ID CV 11 Packet Time Out Value CV 17 18 Extended Address 3 9 1 Entering Extended Address into CV 17 and CV 18 Directly 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 Additional Information for the Curious Regarding QSI Speed Curves 3 16 CV 19 Consist Address CV 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 CV 22 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 CV 23 Acceleration Adjustment CV 24 Deceleration Adjustment CV 25 Quantum Speed Table Selection CV 29 Configuration Data 4 CV s 33 46 Output Locations 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 Overview CV 33 Output Location for FL f CV 34 Output Location for FL r CV 35 Output Location for F1 CV 36 Output Location for F2 CV 37 Output Location for F3 CV 38 Output Location for F4 CV 39 Output Location for F5 CV 40 Output Location for F6 CV 41 Output Location for F7 CV 42 Output Location for F8 CV 43 Output Location for F9 CV 44 Output Location for F10 CV 45 Output Location for F11 CV 46 Output Location for F12 5 CV s 49 64 QSI Unique CV s 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 Overview CV 49 QSI Primary Index CV
60. Then press the F10 key If you want the odometer value in scale kilometers set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 Note 2 You can also have the locomotive speak out the odometer value by writing 58 to CV64 1 0 CV64 is the CV Numeric Verbal Readout Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV64 to 58 Note 3 Version 1 1 0 1 and later versions of QuantumCVManager make this easy to do Just select the Decoder menu item Odometer to display the Odometer dialog box There is one button for odometer read out and a second button for resetting the odometer Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 175 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 5 CV 56 10 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor PI 10 Use this CV to change the mapping of speed step to scale MPH under Calibrated Speed Control CSC Default Value 64 CV 56 10 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e This CV determines the relationship between speed steps and smph for CSC The content of this CV is interpreted as X 64 which means a CV value of 64 is equivalent to a Scale Factor of 1 0 Some examples are CV 56 10 Scale Factor Slowest possible Fastest possible speed speed at Speed Step 2 at Speed Step 127 32 0x20 0 5 0 5 smph 63 smph 64 0x40 1 0 1 smph 126 smph 128 0x80 2 0 2 smph 252 smph e Change the Scale Factor if you wa
61. additional information on setting CV 2 for best performance under RTC Note Although this example specifies a linear power curve any power curve can be used from CV 25 or any user defined power curve in CV 67 94 144 We refer to CV 3 CV 4 CV 23 and CV 24 as Inertia Settings rather than the traditional momentum settings since they do not set the momentum of the locomotive A locomotive at rest has zero momentum and one in motion has many different momenta depending on its speed Hence these CV s do not specify the momentum Rather they determine acceleration and deceleration which is better related to simulated inertia Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 244 267 15 Dec 2007 Example 8 Since the RTC algorithm is a throttle control concept similar locomotives operating together under RTC will attempt to share power equally Consider the following example of two locomotives both commanded to operate at 50 power Locomotive B thinks Locomotive A correctly 50 power is actually thinks 50 power is 51 power 50 power Locomotive B will slow down as it tries to push locomotive A Locomotive A will speed up as it feels the push from locomotive B Both locomotives will end up going the same speed at almost the same power setting Example 9 Two different locomotive manufactures under RTC will tend to equalize power without speed curve correction If an RTC locomotive is going 40 smph and couples to another RTC locomotive
62. advantage of this method of adjusting your locomotives volume or resetting it to factory defaults is that you do not need an access panel to gain access to the controls Also the wand does not need to touch the body it can be held a reasonable distance from the roof area to prevent possibly marring the painted surface Reed Relay Speaker Quantum small diesel board with a reed relay mounted in a narrow body diesel Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 239 267 15 Dec 2007 To Reset the Locomotive Locate the reed relay area as shown in the Diesel or Steam Model Specifications sheet that was included with your model Turn off the track power Place the Magnetic Wand over the reed switch area and re apply track power and leave the wand there until you hear the word reset Remove the magnetic wand your locomotive is now reset The locomotive has now been returned to original factory defaults including all DCC and Analog values Note Do not try to perform this reset operation on the Program Track under Service Mode power Always perform this operation under full power To Adjust the Volume Using the Magnetic Wand Locate the reed relay area on the locomotive s roof as shown in the Diesel or Steam Model Specifications sheet that was included with your model Power up locomotive and leave in Neutral Place the enclosed Magnetic Wand over this reed switch area on the roof of the locomotive perpendicular to the track and wait as
63. and 113 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 149 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 11 2 CV 55 112 1 Automatic Front Step Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Step Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 112 1 Automatic Front Step Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 1 the front step lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front step lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the front step lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front step lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 150 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 11 3 CV 55 112 SI Front Step Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front step lights to be on in NFF and NFR and off in FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 112 1 to 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal Example 2 How will the front step lights behave if set CV 55 112 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front step lights are initially activated and the front step lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 112 1 settings If the automatic front step lights are deactivated for example by press
64. any of Outputs 4 8 and 10 11 in addition to or instead of Output 9 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features you can specify that F7 control the following Bit0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F7 gt Horn Whistle is affected by F7 Bit 1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F7 as The Coupler Sounds are affected by F7 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F7 ait Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F7 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F7 1 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F7 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F7 1 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F7 69 Write bit operation is supported for CV 41 70 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 72 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F7 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected
65. as the throttle is increased The inertia in seconds speed step is calculated by the formula Acceleration Inertia seconds speed step CV 3 0 896 Number of Speed Steps This inertia is independent of which Number of Speed Steps is in use 14 28 or 128 For the same value of CV 3 it will take the same amount of time to go from a dead stop to full speed for a throttle change from minimum to maximum regardless of the speed step choice The time can vary from a quick response measured in seconds for CV 3 0 to as long as 3 8 minutes 228 seconds for CV 3 255 e The acceleration rate is the inverse of the inertia formula Acceleration Rate speed steps second Number of speed steps CV 3 0 896 e The acceleration and deceleration rate values in CV 3 and CV 4 will apply if you change the direction on a moving locomotive The locomotive will slow to a stop at a rate set by CV 4 and then accelerate in the opposite direction at a rate set by CV 3 32 This NMRA CV is more aptly entitled Inertia under Acceleration since higher values for this CV result in higher inertia values but lower acceleration rates Using the term Momentum to describe CV 3 is not correct since a non moving train has no momentum even if CV 3 is set to the maximum value Inertia is the property of an object that resists any change to its state of rest or motion Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 33 267 15 Dec 2007 3 4 CV 4 Deceleration Rate
66. binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Reverse Light Activate Feature 73 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Reverse Light On Feature 74 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Reverse Light Dim Feature 75 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 73 74 and 75 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 73 74 and 75 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 111 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 4 2 Use this CV to configure the Automatic Reverse Light behavior Default Value 101 CV 55 73 1 Automatic Reverse Light Configuration CV 55 73 1 Automatic Reverse Light Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity e Default value 01100101 binary 65 hex 101 decimal e Bits 0 1 specify the reverse light intensity in FWD bits 2 3 the intensity in NFF bits 4 5 the intensity in REV and bits 6 7 the intensity in NFR Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 7 Bit 6 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Reserved e The default settings specify the behavior FWD NF
67. but makes no sounds Your have Mute on or have turned down your System Volume or individual feature sound volumes You may have a broken wire to the speakers or a faulty speaker When turn up my throttle to higher values the locomotive does not speed up but instead the directional lighting comes on Your locomotive is set for 14 speed steps but your base station is set for 28 or 128 When turn on my lighting system with the FO or FL Key the locomotive speeds up at low throttle settings Your locomotive is set for 28 or 128 speed steps but your base station is set for 14 Sometimes my locomotive slows down when blow the whistle or horn particularly at high volume levels The Quantum Sound system takes additional power to blow the whistle or horn and this loads your power pack This can lower the voltage on the track and your locomotive will slow down Purchase a power pack with good line regulation to prevent this problem In Speed Control Mode there are no speed changes above certain throttle settings The top speed of your locomotive is dependent on the gear ratio load on the locomotive and the available voltage applied to the track Asking the locomotive to go faster results in no change See CV 56 10 BEMF to SMPH Scale Factor to change throttle range Under speed control do not get 1 scale mile per hour smph get a larger number about 5 to 10 smph In Standard Throttle Control Mode ther
68. by F10 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F10 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F10 1 Audio Mute is affected by F10 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F10 1 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F10 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F10 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F10 Output 13 Number Board Lights 0 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F10 1 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F10 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F10 che Cab Lights are affected by F10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 79 267 15 Dec 2007 4 14 CV 45 Output Location for F11 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F11 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F11 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F11 Default Value 0
69. default setting for Output 14 is Cab Lights Therefore F12 controls Cab Lights e You can specify that F12 control any of Outputs 7 13 in addition to or instead of Output 14 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features you can specify that F12 control the following BitO Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F12 1 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F12 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F12 1 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F12 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F12 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F12 89 Write bit operation is supported for CV 46 90 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 91 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 92 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13
70. electrical bill If the commercial power company does not allow power to be supplied to its power grid from the railroad then dynamic brakes might be employed instead When Dynamic or Regenerative Brakes are turned on in a Quantum equipped Electric Locomotive the Electric Motor Sound of Power drops to its lowest setting and Traction Motor Cooling Fans turn on and Fans for the resistor grid also come on if dynamic brakes are used Since dynamic or regenerative brakes are relatively ineffective at low speeds the Dynamic or Regenerative Brake sounds on the model will shut off automatically below 8 smph 13 skph Coupler To give you the most authentic coupler sounds QSI has identified three distinct types of coupler activity The first is when the coupler is Armed where you will hear the clanking sound of the coupler lift bar and coupler pin raising The next is Firing the coupler where you will hear the opening of the coupler and the hiss of the air lines parting The third is when the locomotive couples up to its load of cars and you hear the Coupler Crash as all the cars bunch together from the impact Extended Start Up and Shut Down It takes time to startup or shutdown a prototype locomotive To model this the Quantum system uses additional sound records of the engineer entering and leaving the cab vents opening and closing lights turning on or off at different times along with the sounds of the Electric Air Pumps starting up or shutting dow
71. happy at 35 smph and will react to the increased push exerted by locomotive B by decreasing the motor power to maintain 35 smph Locomotive B will feel the resistance from Locomotive A and will apply more power to maintain what it believes to be the correct speed value The trailing locomotive in turn will decrease the motor power even more The result will be that Locomotive B will apply full power to the motor while Locomotive A will be shut down completely Locomotive A is the Immovable Object and Locomotive B is the Irresistible Force Locomotive A is being pushed around the layout and Locomotive B is doing all the work This can result in Locomotive A or B derailing on curves or turnouts and can damage wheels or spin off rubber tires and can overheat or damage motors This instability in True Speed Control will occur even if the speed references or internal speed measurements of the two locomotives is off by an infinitesimal amount i e it is unstable It is only the finite gain in the motor control circuits that will prevent this from occurring to such an extreme Indeed some decoders with load compensation purposely limits the loop gain to help this problem However no matter what the loop gain there is this inherent instability that will result in unequal power sharing between locomotives in a consist Another way to see this problem is to take a locomotive under True Speed Control at a fixed
72. he does know that whenever a function input is changed the function input in the Quantum decoder will match the value indicated at the command station or the handheld during an the entire uninterrupted operating secession The operator can also infer that for most Level Activated Toggled Features the state of a feature will match the associated level of the function signal directly after sending a function signal In other words the operator will know that he has turned on the Number Board Lights directly after he has sent out the appropriate level 1 function for that feature Note that these issues only apply to toggled features There certainly is no issue for Momentary Features where they always return to their original status or any other features that are Transition or Pulse activated 148 Unless he selects a different locomotive whereupon all indicated function key status may very well have no relationship with the function inputs in the newly selected locomotives decoder Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 257 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix IX Recommended Reading Ames S Friberg R and Loizeaux E Digital Command Control Allt om Hobby 1998 Ireland Zana Editor In Chief The Digitrax Big Book of DCC Digitrax 1999 Strang Lionel DCC Made Easy Kalmbach Publishing 2003 Polsgrove Mike DCC Projects amp Applications Kalmbach Publishing 2006 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 258 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix X Application Not
73. horn and then turn on again when he presses the FL Key very non prototypical However if the locomotive lights were off by default and the controller had the lights registered as on then the lights would come on if any other function key were pressed this would be acceptable On the other hand if the controller has the lights registered as off then the lights would stay off when another key is pressed in Function Group One this would also be acceptable The user could then use his Light function command to turn the lights on when he was ready While the above makes sense many customers still prefer the Directional Lighting to come on when a locomotive is selected particularly diesel locomotives that do not have the problem with a dynamo sound revving up and down In addition having the Directional Lighting on by default makes DCC operation consistent with Analog operation We have therefore changed the default setting for Directional Lighting to on when the locomotive is selected For those customers that still prefer to have the Directional Lighting off when the locomotive is selected set CV 55 70 0 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 249 267 15 Dec 2007 Quantum Features and Signal Types Table The following table shows each feature that can be assigned to an output and the type of signal used to operate the feature These include Level Transition or Pulse LA Level Activated TA Transition Activated P
74. in that trademark Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 262 267 15 Dec 2007 Index A Acceleration Adjustment CV 23 Acceleration Rate CV 3 i Accessory Decodari eirinn eeoa e E E E RER Acknowledgement Advanced 2 2 0 ea Era Enas 25 52 Service Mode neirinnen enai e A E anra 24 Verbal ea een Heels 25 86 87 196 236 Air Brakes 18 98 252 Description ssie eeaeee er i E en 204 206 207 VOIUMO S35 a aa a aeae beans e era ae Ea 95 Air Pumps Description en 203 205 207 209 Volume 2 822 asziitene 94 95 Air Release Description u 0a 203 207 209 Alternate Horn Description ces 204 205 207 Selection niine a ses 13 20 90 98 102 250 253 Vollmer E n Ee EE R EE EErEE 95 Analog Operation 9 32 35 51 88 Troubleshooting ire aR E ARAA EEN 235 Articulated Ch ff raner ne R N AEA A NR TES 203 Atlas rn aeia AE A NEE EEA EEEE E E E 231 Automatic Features cuusssssessssseesssnsenssnnnennnnnennnnnennnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnn 23 Automatic Mute Timeout Value CV 51 5 oo ececesteeeetreeeeeeee 93 B Bell sientsan teecwen eared een 13 99 102 250 Bell Select CV 55 3 1 Description anesenen Troubleshooting zensiert sen Volume Bell Button e BEMF to Scale MPH Trim CV 56 9 cccccccssecsssceseeeseeeeteeeseeeeee 173 BEMFSC see Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control 12 Block Signal
75. is released the quicker the gas turbine locomotive model will slow down Once all the pressure is released the locomotive will continue at maximum braking which can still require a long stopping distance depending on your Load settings Dynamic Brakes Electric motors can act as motors or generators depending on whether they are using power or generating power When used as generators the traction motors are disconnected from taking power from the locomotive s prime mover and instead are connected to large resistor grids in the roof By increasing the resistive load on the traction motors the traction motors become harder to turn and act as brakes for the locomotive The electric power generated by turning the traction motors is dissipated as heat by the resistor grid These resistor arrays get quite hot and require cooling When Dynamic Brakes are turned on under Diesel operation the Diesel Motor sound drops to notch 1 and the Dynamic Brake cooling fan sounds come on Under Turbine operation the Turbine sound will drop to its lowest Sound of Power setting but since the Turbine Whoosh stays relatively constant and loud it may be difficult to hear the Dynamic Brake sounds Since dynamic brakes are relatively ineffective a low speeds the Dynamic Brakes will shut off automatically below 8 smph 13 skph Coupler Sounds To give you the most authentic coupler sounds QSI has identified three distinct types of coupler activity The first is when the
76. is to set CV55 73 1 to 0 2 You may want the End Helper to have an operational reverse facing light which may be either the End Helper s Reverse Light or Headlight depending on the locomotive s direction within the consist If the End Helper is facing Forward set CV55 70 1 to 0 CV55 73 1 to 32 and set bit O and bit 1 in CV 22 to 1 If the End Helper is facing Backwards set CV55 70 1 to 86 CV55 73 1 to 0 and set bit 0 and bit 1 in CV 22 to 1 With the above changes the directional lighting in your consist will operate like a single locomotive That is the FL key is on the Lead Locomotive Directional Headlight will be on all other Helper Headlights will be off and all Reverse Lights will be off If the consist is moving in Reverse only the End Helper Reverse Light will be on and the Lead Locomotive Headlight will either be off or Dim if the Dim feature is part of the Directional Headlight for your model 42 Since the default for directional lighting is off any helpers that did have their directional lighting on will be set to off if the power is turned off and back on or if the locomotive is shut down and started using the F9 and F6 keys Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 46 267 15 Dec 2007 3 13 CV 23 Acceleration Adjustment Increases or decreases the Acceleration from the base Acceleration Rate in CV 3 Default Value 0 CV 23 Acceleration Adjustment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
77. is used along with CV 49 as an index into a two dimensional table of up to 256x256 related values CV 49 is the row index and CV 50 is the column index Secondary Index Primary Index 0 1 2 3 0 Value 0 0 Value 0 1 Value 0 2 Value 0 3 ia 1 Value 1 0 Value 1 1 Value 1 2 Value 1 3 ih 2 Value 2 0 Value 2 1 Value 2 2 Value 2 3 3 Value 3 0 Value 3 1 Value 3 2 Value 3 3 e For example CV 53 uses CV 49 as a row index 1 14 and CV 50 as a column index 0 1 to assign different QSI Features to each of fourteen outputs for two states Forward Reverse and NFF NFR Secondary Index Primary Index 9 1 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 14 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 14 14 in FWD REV in NFF NFR e In this document the terms CV 50 and Secondary Index mean the same thing SI is the abbreviation for Secondary Index e We use a shorthand notation to simplify description of a CV that is composed of a two dimensional table of values The elements of the table are referred to as CV NN PI SI where NN is the CV number PI is the Primary Index and SI is the Secondary Index For example the CV for output 4 in neu
78. least significant byte of your Extended Addresses Step by Step procedure for entering your short Primary address in CV 56 129 in Ops Mode Find out if your command station accepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries Set CV 49 to 129 Set CV 50 to 1 Set CV 56 to your short address Hear the address spoken back 5 Change CV 29 bit 5 to 0 to allow operation with your new primary address see CV 29 Example Set your locomotive s ID to the short address 23 1 Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 2 Set CV 50 to 1 3 Set CV 56 to 23 decimal 00010111 0x17 Hear CV One equals two three At this point the locomotive must be selected as 23 to proceed to step 4 If you were using the extended addressing to do steps 1 3 then set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00000010 0x02 for Primary Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Your locomotive s short ID is now 23 and ready to operate AON 118 Hex and Binary numbers are not shown in the following examples If you require Hex or Binary use the conversion table in Appendix IX Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 189 267 15 Dec 2007 Step by Step procedure for entering your long Extended Address in CV 56 129 in Ops Mode ID Find out if your command station accepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries Determine the MSB and LSB for your Extended Address See CV 17 18 instructions and example Set CV 49 to 129 S
79. less significant since the flywheel momentum will often keep the locomotive moving despite minor gear issues Too high a value of D will result in surging This effect is sometimes very subtle Carefully watch your train for any slight changes in steady state speed as it moves around that track oval Too high a Proportional term can also cause steady state surging 3 If your locomotive fails the Transient Response test try lowering the Proportional terms and increase the Differential terms for the Slow Speed Medium Speed and High Speed ranges Adjustments of the Differential term for Very Low Speed will probably have no effect on transient performance Try to bring the differential terms closer to the same value for the three top ranges Do the same for the Proportional term You will probably have the best luck with the Differential term in adjusting transient performance The larger the Differential term the less overshoot or surging the locomotive will do as it slows to it lower speed or stops However a large Differential term can result in steady state surging at some speeds Always go back and check your steady state speed performance after optimizing your transient behavior In some cases it is best to ignore all the above We have seen locomotives that do not fit neatly into the above set of rules You may want to experiment using your own intuition knowledge and methodology If you do obtain a good set of PID parameters please let us
80. locomotive Mars Light 77 All Explicitly turn the Mars Light On or Off See CV 55 76 x Multiple 136 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 1 feature with a single function key See CV 55 136 x Multiple 137 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 2 feature with a single function key See CV 55 137 x Multiple 138 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 3 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 3 feature with a single function key See CV 55 138 x Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 100 267 15 Dec 2007 Mute 64 All See section 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key None 0 All If this feature is assigned to a function key output pressing the function key does nothing Pop off 12 NFF NFR When triggered Pop Off produces a sound sequence of steam being ejected from the boiler This can happen in any directional state but it is more obvious in Neutral The length of the Pop Off sequence is random Pop Off sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Rear Cab Lights 119 All Explicitly turns the Rear Number Board Lights On or Off See CV 55 118 x Rear Marker 107 All Explicitly turns the Rear Marker Light
81. low end speed on your model is not being affected by CV 2 during the PID setting procedure This will likely be the value of CV 2 you will retain in your model after you have set all your PID parameters e Set CV 56 4 to 1 to select RTC and adjust PID parameters 1 Very Slow Speed PID s Set your locomotive to Speed Step 1 Change CV 56 18 0 and CV 56 18 2 to achieve optimal performance 2 Slow Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report F10 key announces a BEMF value between 20 and 56 Change CV 56 19 0 and CV 56 19 2 to achieve optimal performance 3 Medium Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report F10 key announces a BEMF between 56 and 125 Change CV 56 20 0 and CV 56 20 2 to achieve optimal performance 4 High Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report F10 key announces a BEMF greater than 125 Change CV 56 21 0 and CV 56 21 2 to achieve optimal performance e Transient Response Test Does the locomotive stop smoothly in DCC when the throttle is changed from full throttle to zero throttle quickly If it overshoots i e slows speeds up and then slows again when you lower the throttle quickly and the locomotive slows to its new speed then PID parameters need to be re adjusted see Hints below e It is also a good idea to test your PID settings under Analog operation to see if there is any overshoot or surging when the throttle is changed from full to just below V Start
82. lower level or increase it back to its original setting using the F8 key This is useful when you need to reduce the sound to engage in a conversation or to answer the phone 1 Set F8 to 1 All sounds including the Whistle Bells Motors and Chuff will gradually go off 2 Set F8 to 0 All sounds including the Whistle Bells Motors and Chuff will gradually return to normal volume If you have many locomotives operating at once you can reduce the volume on all those that are running in the back of the layout and increase the volume of the closest locomotive The Mute feature changes the sound gradually over a couple of seconds which allows the sound to increase or decrease realistically as the locomotive approaches or recedes from the observer The Mute state is not retained if track power is turned off On power up the locomotive returns to full system volume Note You can set the Mute volume in CV 51 1 if you want to be able to quickly quiet your locomotive without having the sounds turn completely off 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse Heavy Load is applied while the train is moving it maintains the train at a nearly steady speed while allowing you to have control over the sound effects of a working locomotive Heavy Load represents a train that would take over ten minutes to accelerate to full speed or to bring to a complete stop It is independent of any inertia values set in CV3 4 23 or 24 Under Heavy Load
83. may need to make mechanical adjustments With a steam locomotive look for any mechanical problems with the valve gear Lubricate all moving joints with appropriate non corrosive oil and lube the gearbox Check your electrical pickups and clean the wheels to ensure consistent power to the motor e Make sure your test conditions are consistent e If you are using a test track or a different layout to set PID parameters set the DCC track voltage to match the layout you intend to use for normal operation When we calibrate motor control and throttle CV s at QSI we set our track at 16 volts with only the test locomotive on the track and in Neutral e Use a flat oval of track that is consistently powered in all sections i e Track voltage should be the same at all locations Make sure track does not have misaligned track joints or turnouts that can slow the locomotive e Reset All CV s e Set Status Report F10 to both smph and BEMF set CV 55 178 0 to 3 Speed will be announced first followed by the BEMF value The BEMF report will be preceded by B to distinguish it from the speed report e Set minimum BEMF to 3 set CV 56 5 to 3 This CV specifies the slowest speed the locomotive will travel in RTC e Set CV 56 4 to 0 to select STC e While in STC with the throttle set to speed step 8 126 speed step range increase CV 2 until locomotive moves and then decrease CV 2 until locomotive stops This will ensure that the
84. not increase the deceleration rate specified by CV 4 and CV 24 Note Dynamic Brakes sounds will be barely audible over the Turbine roar in Turbine Mode Note Mute Volume can be programmed in CV 51 1 Three Stages of Shut Down 1 Disconnect 2 Standby 3 Total Shut Down F9 Locomotive Shut Down has three distinct stages that you can control Each stage is entered by double pressing the F9 key12 If the locomotive is in Turbine Mode any shut down operation will automatically return it in Diesel Mode prior to the shut down operation Stage One Disconnect e Double press the F9 key in Neutral to enter Disconnect You will hear a Long Air Let off The motor drive will be disabled If the locomotive was in Turbine Mode it will return to Diesel Mode The DCC throttle can be moved up and down without the locomotive moving As the throttle is moved up or down you will hear the Diesel Motor rev up and down in proportion to the throttle setting e To leave Disconnect either double press the F6 Start Up key as described in the Start Up section or double press the F9 key again to reach Standby the next stage of Shut Down Note In Disconnect you can also turn on the Dynamic Brakes see description of Dynamic Brakes below to create Sound of Power as the throttle is moved up and down Engineers on prototype diesels use dynamic brakes to load the motor generator to test its output efficiency while the locomotive remains stationary Stage Two
85. or CV 5 is set to O or 1 then 255 is used for CV 5 in the above equations The graph below shows the effect of only CV 5 CV 2 0 on the original curve Here a value of CV 5 217 reduces the original speed curve by 15 over the entire speed step range Note how CV 5 preserves the shape of the original speed curve but compresses it to fit between V Start and V High 2 ad Original 100 Speed Curve CV 5 255 80 60 40 Original Speed Curve reduced by Q 20 15 CV 5 217 2 lt 0 TT TTTTTTTTTTTTTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT ttt tT 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 Speed Steps V High is not related to V Max for Analog Operation V High is not used when Throttle Mode Calibrated Speed Control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 35 267 15 Dec 2007 Recommendations for specifying speed curves V Start and V High The following is a method we use at QSI to configure a locomotive to match the speed of other locomotives We use Ops mode programming since it lets us change the locomotive s speed characteristics while the locomotive is operating 1 Place your locomotive to be configured call it locomotive A on a fairly large loop of track Place your standard locomotive call it locomotive B that you use as your speed reference on the same loop of track but on the opposite side Each locomotive should ha
86. pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 11 are Heavy Load for a moving locomotive and Disconnect Standby Shut Down for a locomotive in Neutral Therefore by default F9 controls Heavy Load and Disconnect Standby Shut Down Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives e You can specify that F9 control any of Outputs 7 10 and 12 14 in addition to or instead of Output 11 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F9 control the following features Bit0 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F9 1 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F9 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F9 1 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F9 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F9 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F9 73 Write bit operation is supported for CV 43 74 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual featur
87. quickly RTC problems under DC operation almost always appear in DCC although they can have different characteristics e Set New Minimum BEMF Adjust CV 56 5 for the best possible low speed performance in RTC If your locomotive runs very smoothly and has good Very Slow Speed PID parameters the minimum BEMF can be reduced to 1 to achieve the ultimate low end speed Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 183 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 6 General Hints for Setting PID Parameters Choosing the correct PID parameters is more an art form than a science Here are some general rules based on our experience that will get you close to the best performance 1 We usually set the Proportional term P between 4 and 16 High values can cause overshooting or surging when the throttle is changed quickly and low terms can result in poor response time Higher values of P are generally used at the Very Slow Speed and Slow Speed BEMF ranges We have seldom set P above 20 for the High Speed range 2 The Differential term D is usually set between 1 and 100 with some notable exceptions as high as 150 The very high values for D are best at the Very Slow Speed range while moderate D values are better at the higher BEMF ranges 10 to 60 High values of D help at slow speeds since this term compensates for rapid changes in speed that can occur from gear binding or minor obstacles such as misaligned track joints At higher speed high values of D are
88. s outside the range are left unchanged Sl Reset Operations 51 Reset CV 51 System Sound Control 52 Reset CV 52 Individual Sounds 53 Reset CV 53 Function Output Mappings 55 Reset CV 55 QSI Feature Configuration 56 Reset CV 56 QSI Configuration 58 Reset CV 58 Odometer 253 Reset all standard NMRA CV s 254 Reset all QSI CV s 255 Reset all CV s e Write the QSI Manufacturer Number 113 to CV 56 to execute the reset operation e In Operations Mode you will hear Reset spoken when the reset operation completes Note Reset all CV s may not work correctly in Service Mode on some command stations because the command station may turn off the track power before the operation is complete If this happens reset CV s in separate groups or use Ops Mode Programming Example Reset Quantum decoder to original factory defaults i e Reset all CV s 1 Set CV 49 to 128 2 Set CV 50 to 255 3 Set CV 56 to 113 In Ops Mode you will hear Reset when reset is competed Example Reset the Individual Sound Volumes to factory defaults 1 Set CV 49 to 128 2 Set CV 50 to 52 3 Set CV 56 to 113 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 188 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 11CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access PI 129 Default Value N A CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
89. step i e Speed Step 2 1 smph Speed Step 3 2 smph etc Most Command Stations display the throttle setting as 1 less than the speed step i e Speed Step 2 Throttle Setting 1 Speed Step 3 Throttle Setting 2 etc For those command stations the throttle setting is equal to scale miles per hour Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 170 267 15 Dec 2007 Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC This is a non calibrated speed control technique where each speed step corresponds to a specific BEMF target value The speed control circuitry adjusts the power applied to the motor in order to minimize the difference between the measured BEMF and the target BEMF BEMFSC has the same problem with locomotives in a consist as does CSC The following CV s are used to determine the BEMF target value CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables Regulated Throttle Control RTC combines the best of both Standard Throttle Control and Speed Control The locomotive still uses speed control circuitry to maintain the locomotive s speed but the speed is allowed to increase or decrease slowly in response to loading When the locomotive encounters an uphill grade it decreases speed slowly in response to the extra loading If a locomotive encounters a tight curve or if it has to climb a bad track joint at low speed it passes through or over these o
90. than four per revolution you can decrease the scale factor to 127 0 992 to slightly increase the number of chuffs per revolution Or if your locomotive chuffs a little faster than four per revolution you can increase the scale factor to 129 1 008 to slightly decrease the number of chuffs per revolution Set CV56 0 bit 3 to 1 to turn on BEMF synchronized chuff calibration mode to make it easier to adjust the chuff rate If you find that one value of CV56 13 gives good synchronized chuff at one speed but at another speed a different value of CV56 13 is required see the Q2Upgrade User Manual for a procedure for calibrating the chuff rate for multiple values of CV56 13 This CV is similar to CV56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor The resolution is greater in CV56 13 but the range is less CV56 12 is a coarse adjustment while CV56 13 is a fine adjustment In locomotives that support both CV56 12 and CV56 13 both CV s are applied For example if CV56 12 is 40 and CV56 13 is 144 then the resulting scale factor applied to the chuff interval is 40 32 144 128 1 25 1 125 1 40625 Note We recommend that you trim the chuff rate at some speed value greater than 2 smph 114 CV56 13 is currently available only in Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 178 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 CV 56 18 21 SI Quantum PID Parameters PID parameters are used to control the amount of power applied to the motor of QSI locomotives wh
91. that is going 30 smph the two locomotives will reach a compromise speed of about 35 smph RTC allows mismatched locomotives to operate in a consist by internally adjusting their speed to share power equally If the locomotives are too mismatched the RTC algorithms may not be able to completely adjust their speeds which is the same problem that prototype locomotives would have However RTC locomotives in a consist would never have the inherent instability where one locomotive would be supplying all the power while the other was completely shut down Example 10 Mid Train Helpers and Pushers at the end of the train are possible since each will tend to equalize power Example 11 Under STC blowing the horn or activating any sound feature that requires high volume can load the DCC controller which in turn can lower the track voltage This can slow or stop a slow moving locomotive Under RTC the reduction in track voltage will not affect the speed of the locomotive since the Inertial Control features maintains momentum Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 245 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix VII Different types of Feature Operation from Function Commands QSI will often use the same function to control different effects depending on whether the system is in Neutral or a Motive state Forward or Reverse This allows us to increase the number of features commonly available to DCC functions of 14 FL f FL r F1 F12 In addition many QSI features respond
92. the above Shut Down procedures Shut Down is aborted and the locomotive returns to normal operation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 22 267 15 Dec 2007 1 19 Start Up F6in Neutral If your locomotive is in any of the Shut Down stages you can return your locomotive to normal operation by double pressing the F6 Key Start Up will be different for each stage of Shut Down but always begins with a Long Air Let off and ends by the locomotive entering normal operation Start Up from Disconnect e Double press F6 in Disconnect the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off and enter normal operation Start Up from Standby e Double press F6 in Standby the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off the Directional Lighting will turn on and then the locomotive will enter normal operation Start Up from Total Shut Down e Double press F6 in Total Shut Down the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off and begin a full start up procedure Diesel Locomotives The Long Air Let off is followed by the sound of the engineer s door opening and closing Cab Lights turn on Number Boards come on and Directional Lighting turns on Then the Vents open and Fans start up the Diesel Motor or Motors start up the Air Pumps turn on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation Electric Locomotives The Long Air Let off is followed by the sound of the engineer s door opening and closing Cab Lights turn on Number Boards and Marker Lights
93. the distance to be traveled through the calibration course The longer the calibration course the more accurate the calibration will be If you have a small layout measure the distance for one trip around the layout and run your locomotive 10 times around the layout 3 Convert the measured length to scale miles and save as Measured_Scale_Distance For example for a G Scale locomotive scale 1 29 suppose the measured length around your layout is 60 feet 3 inches and the calibration course is 10 times around the layout Then Measured_Scale_Distance 60 27 feet 10 1 mile 5280 feet 29 0 Measured_Scale_Distance 3 31 scale miles 4 Move the locomotive to the start point 5 Reset the odometer to 0 by writing 0 to CV58 1 0 see note 3 6 Start the locomotive and run it through the calibration course Stop the locomotive at the stop point Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 174 267 15 Dec 2007 7 Have the locomotive report the distance traveled see notes 1 2 and 3 Save this value as Reported_Distance 8 Read out the current trim factor in CV56 9 Save this as Old_Trim 9 Calculate the new trim factor as shown New_Trim Measured_Scale_Distance Reported_Distance Old_Trim 10 Set CV56 9 to the value of New_Trim 11 Repeat steps 4 thru 10 if desired Note 1 To have the locomotive speak out the odometer value in scale miles or scale kilometers set CV55 178 0 bit 4 to 1
94. the locomotive so the sounds change more dramatically when the locomotive is running faster After the Doppler shift has occurred and the Whistle is no longer being blown the Bell shuts off automatically and locomotive sounds return to normal Flanges When a train enters a curve the flanges on the wheels tend to ride up on the inside of the rail and usually squeal Recreate this squealing effect by pressing and releasing the Squealing Brake Flanges function key quickly and repeatedly as necessary Air Brakes When prototype train brakes are applied air is released from the brake lines to reduce the pressure The more the pressure is reduced the greater the braking You will hear a continual air release sound from the steam locomotive model as braking is continually increased The longer the air is released the quicker the steam locomotive model will slow down Once all the pressure is released the locomotive will continue at maximum braking which can still require a long stopping distance depending on your Load settings Dynamic Brakes Steam Locomotives do not have Dynamic Brakes When steam locomotives are operated today they are often coupled to a diesel to provide dynamic brakes on down grades If a Quantum Steam locomotive is coupled to a Quantum Diesel and Dynamic Brakes are activated the Diesel Dynamic Brake effect will start up and the Steam locomotive labored chuffing will reduce at the same time Since prototype dynamic brakes are r
95. the track voltage over time when the throttle is changed to a new position In DCC setting CV 3 and CV 4 to non zero values can produce the same effect This however does not really produce a true inertia affect Regardless of the values for CV 3 and CV 4 any minor obstacle such as a raised track joint will stop a slow moving locomotive 2 Flywheel The flywheel was another attempt at providing inertia to a model Although flywheels do add a true inertia it is not sufficient to maintain the momentum of a slow moving train The energy E stored in a flywheel is giving by the following formula E I w2 where is the moment of inertia for the flywheel and w is the radian frequency related to RPM s As the RPM s or w tends towards zero the amount of energy available to maintain speed bottoms out as the following graph shows Flywheel Energy Flywheel RPM s In fact it has been demonstrated that flywheels actually reduces the locomotive s ability to maintain low speed operation as described in an article by Terry Thompson entitled The Digital Locomotive in the August 2003 issue of Model Railroader page 6 3 Speed Control Although this does keep the locomotive moving at slow speeds it does not provide Inertia does not work well in consists and does not model how prototype locomotives respond to the throttle 143 The following discussion of Quantum Inertial Control and Regulated Throttle Control is based on Clinics that Fred
96. throttle by the right amount at the right time Under RTC the locomotive will still stop or slow down by the same amount but will do so slowly and realistically based on the RTC built in Inertial Control If it encounters a downward grade a locomotive under RTC will speed up slowly as it descends Example 3 If track voltage varies in DCC it does not affect the locomotive s momentum The Inertial Control algorithm quickly adapts to maintain momentum and power Example 4 If brakes are applied F7 the locomotive slows down in proportion to how much braking is applied Example 5 Because RTC is true throttle control it is controlled by the same CV that apply to STC For instance STC and RTC are both affected by V Start C2 Acceleration Rate C3 Deceleration Rate C4 V High C5 Acceleration Adjustment C23 Deceleration Adjustment C24 Speed Table Selection C25 Forward Trim CV 66 User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 and Reverse Trim CV 95 There are however differences in behavior At a zero Load setting the locomotive under RTC will achieve the final motor voltage over time according to the internal Inertial Control algorithm while a locomotive under STC will achieve the final motor voltage immediately If these two identical locomotives are placed on the same power track section with the same speed curve settings CV values above and inertia CV values set to zero CV 3 CV 4 CV 23 and CV24 the locomotive programmed to
97. throttle setting which will give a fixed speed and try to pull or push it with your hand at a speed different than what it wants to go It feels rock solid and resists any attempt to make it go faster or slower Now imagine another locomotive on the track that wants to travel faster then the first locomotive If these locomotives are coupled together it will be the irresistible force trying to move the immovable object 4 Low Gain Speed Control This type of speed control has some flexibility in controlling the speed to precisely match the requested speed command If the locomotive is requested to go 35 smph the actual speed might slip a bit down to 30 smph if under heavy load or increase to 40 smph if going down grade or being pushed by another locomotive The disadvantage of Low Gain Speed Control is that it is difficult to maintain very slow speeds since obstacles will again stop the locomotive Some companies have a form of true speed control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 242 267 15 Dec 2007 high gain at low speeds and reduce the gain as the locomotive speeds up to higher values This ensures good low end speed control and more forgiveness in consists at higher speed However at low speeds there is a problem with power sharing in consists as discussed above It is not as traumatic or potentially damaging since the speed and overall power demand is low Inertial Control and Regulated Throttle Control The Quantum Syst
98. to Output 12 12 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 13 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 13 13 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 14 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 14 14 in FWD REV in NFF NFR e To change an output assignment do the following 1 Set CV 49 to the decoder Output Number 1 14 2 Set CV 50 to the Locomotive State 0 for Forward Reverse 1 for Neutral NFF NFR 3 Set CV 53 to the QSI Feature Identification Number see table next page e Certain features can only be assigned to an output for a specific state e Never assign the same feature to two or more outputs it is unclear what the effect will be since both outputs may have different states For instance if you assign the Blower Hiss to Output 5 and to Output 7 and Output 5 is off but Output 7 is on would Blower Hiss be on or off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 96 267 15 Dec 2007 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 97 267 15 Dec 2007 5 6 1 QSI Feature Identification Numbersused with CV 53 The following table lists the QSI Features that may be assigned to function key outputs The third column shows the directional states All Forward Reverse Neutral for which the feature may be assigned to an output Some features like Blower Hiss or Mute apply to all states some features like Doppler and Squealing Brakes only apply to a moving locomotive some features like Pop off or Blow Down only apply to Neutral The Quantum System all
99. to the Function inputs in different ways It is the purpose of this section to describe how different Quantum features respond to function commands and help you get the most out of operating your locomotives Also if you intend to make your own output assignments for features using CV 53 it is important to know the implications of different types of features assigned to Neutral and to Forward Reverse States for the same output Classification of DCC Signal Types There is only one kind of function signal for DCC either a function is on and transmits 1 s every time the command is sent or off and transmits O s every time the command is sent However Quantum has three different ways to respond to DCC function signals as illustrated below Logic Logic Logic Level Level Level At 1 1 1 0 0 0 to t to ty t Level Activated Transition Activated Pulse Activated t Level Activated This is the classic response to a DCC function signal If the DCC function signal is sent at level 0 the feature is not activated If the DCC function signal is sent at level 1 the feature will activate The above figure on the left shows a function signal being sent out at to where the level changes from 0 to 1 which will cause a Level Activated feature to respond One possible advantage of Level Activated Signals is that the operator may know the status of a feature by knowing the logic level that has been sent However since
100. up operation causes the Feature 84 85 86 and 87 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 124 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 2 CV 55 84 1 Automatic Ditch Lights FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in forward Default Value 6 CV 55 84 1 Automatic Ditch Lights FWD Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn Default value 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal bright strobe with horn e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 125 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 3 CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 0 CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserve
101. you hear the volume increase or decrease in incremental amounts as the Horn hoots about every second Move the wand away and again place it over the reed area to change the direction louder or softer of the volume change Remove the wand when you reach the desired volume level Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 240 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix VI Quantum Throttle Control QSI Inertial Control and Regulated Throttle Control The Prototype and the Model What has been missing in model trains is Inertia Definition Inertia A property of matter by which it retains its state of rest or of motion Real trains have lots of inertia model trains have very little A slow moving prototype train will climb over misaligned track joints coast over turnout frogs glide through tight curves and will coast a long distance without power even up a grade A slow moving model trains will stop abruptly at a slightly raised track joint stop on a turnout stop in a tight curve will not coast up a grade for any realistic distance and will stop or slow down abruptly when track voltage is reduced Previous Solutions There have been a number of attempts to provide some sense of inertia in model trains 1 Momentum Control In both Analog and DCC inertia is simulated by not allowing the locomotive to respond quickly to changes in throttle settings In Analog this is done at the power pack by activating the momentum switch which increases or decreases
102. 0 179 267 0 lt BEMF lt 7 For Q2 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 2 CV 56 19 51 PID Parameters for Slow Speed PI 19 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 19 0 Proportional Gain for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for slow speeds for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 For Q2 firmware this range is CV56 5 5 lt BEMF lt 54 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 19 2 Differential Gain for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for slow speeds for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 For Q2 firmware this range is CV56 5 5 lt BEMF lt 54 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 180 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 7 3 CV 56 20 SI PID Parameters for Medium Speed PI 20 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 20 0 Proportional Gain for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for medium speeds for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 20 2 Differential Gain for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO
103. 011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front cab lights are initially activated and the front cab lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 116 1 settings If the automatic front cab lights are deactivated for example by pressing F12 so that the F12 function state is 0 then the Feature 117 function state turns the front cab lights on Example 3 want explicit front cab lights on off control at all times At startup want the front cab lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 116 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front cab lights feature from multiple automatic lights 3 by setting CV 55 138 3 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 117 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 159 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 14 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear cab lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 118 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Cab Lights 119 Rear Cab Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Cab Lights On Off The rear cab lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 118 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear cab lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for rear cab light auto
104. 07 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 145 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 10 2 CV 55 106 1 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Marker Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 106 1 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 0 1 the rear marker lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear marker lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the rear marker lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the rear marker lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 146 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 10 3 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear marker lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 106 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the rear marker lights behave if set CV 55 106 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear marker lights are initially activated and the rear marker lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 106 1 settings If the automatic rear marker lights are deactivated
105. 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 119 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 5 CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 1 CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 120 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 6 CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity For models with a Mars Light this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The d
106. 10 150 96 10010110 214 D6 11010110 23 17 00010111 87 57 01010111 151 97 10010111 215 D7 11010111 24 18 00011000 88 58 01011000 152 98 10011000 216 D8 11011000 25 19 00011001 89 59 01011001 153 99 10011001 217 D9 11011001 26 1A 00011010 90 5A 01011010 154 9A 10011010 218 DA 11011010 27 1B 00011011 91 5B 01011011 155 9B 10011011 219 DB 11011011 28 1C 00011100 92 5C 01011100 156 9C 10011100 220 DC 11011100 29 1D 00011101 93 5D 01011101 157 9D 10011101 221 DD 11011101 30 1E 00011110 94 5E 01011110 158 9E 10011110 222 DE 11011110 31 1F 00011111 95 5F 01011111 159 9F 10011111 223 DF 11011111 32 20 00100000 96 60 01100000 160 AO 10100000 224 E0 11100000 33 21 00100001 97 61 01100001 161 A1 10100001 225 E1 11100001 34 22 00100010 98 62 01100010 162 A2 10100010 226 E2 11100010 35 23 00100011 99 63 01100011 163 A3 10100011 227 E3 11100011 36 24 00100100 100 64 01100100 164 A4 10100100 228 E4 11100100 37 25 00100101 101 65 01100101 165 A5 10100101 229 E5 11100101 38 26 00100110 102 66 01100110 166 A6 10100110 230 E6 11100110 39 27 00100111 103 67 01100111 167 AT 10100111 231 E7 11100111 40 28 00101000 104 68 01101000 168 A8 10101000 232 E8 11101000 41 29 00101001 105 69 01101001 169 A9 10101001 233 E9 11101001 42 2A 00101010 106 6A 01101010 170 AA 10101010 234 EA 11101010 43 2B 00101011 107 6B 01101011 171 AB 10101011 235 EB 11101011 44 2C 00101100 108 6C 01101100 172 AC 10101100 236 EC 11101100 45 2D 00101101 109 6D 01101101 173 AD 10101101 237 ED 11101101 46 2E
107. 1000000 64 CV 45 Output Location for F11 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Alternate Horn Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Cocks Long Air Let Off Bit 7 Output Bit 6 Output Bit 5 Output Bit 4 Output Output Bit 2 Output Output Bit 1 Bit 0 14 12 11 13 10 9 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 13 is Number Board Lights Therefore F11 controls Number Board Lights e You can specify that F11 control any of Outputs 7 12 and 14 in addition to or instead of Output 13 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F11 control the following features BitO Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F11 1 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F11 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F11 1 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F11 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cyl
108. 110 26 X X X 50 00110010 32 X X X X 54 00110110 36 X X 00000011 3 X X X 00000111 7 X X X 00010011 13 X X X X 00010111 17 X X X 00100011 23 X X X X 39 00100111 27 X X X X 51 00110011 33 X X X X X 55 00110111 37 For more information download the Quantum DCC Reference Manual Version 3 from http www qsindustries com 138 This option is not disabled by CV 62 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 228 267 15 Dec 2007 Special Operation and Troubleshooting With some Command Stations using the horn button to activate the Horn and while this button is held down activating the F6 Doppler key will cause the Horn to shut off instead of causing a Doppler shift effect We have experienced intermittent and independent horn signal interruption with some DCC command stations causing unexpected Doppler shifts If this happens frequently you can disable the Horn Triggered Doppler CV 51 2 Manual Volume Adjustment Analog and DCC To adjust the volume by hand e Locate the removable hatch on the top of your Lionel Gas Turbine locomotive and remove it using you fingernail It is located in the center of the roof and is held in place magnetically Manual Volume Control blue potentiometer is located towards the front with the Reset Jumper directly behind e Use a small screwdriver to turn the potentiometer clockwise to increase volume or turn it counterclockwise to decrease the volume Note Volume can also be adjusted digitally u
109. 18 to hear the full address spoken out 137 Entering 38 leaves the other configuration settings in CV 29 at factory default but changes the ID to Extended Address type Also see table on next page for other choices Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 227 267 15 Dec 2007 Gas Turbine Extended Address values for CV 17 and CV 18 for Different Cab Numbers cv17 cv18 cv17 cv 18 CV 17 cv 18 Loco Cab Number Dec Dec Hex Hex Binary Binary 61 192 61 co 3D 11000000 00111101 64 192 64 co 40 11000000 01000000 66 192 66 co 42 11000000 01000010 71 192 71 co 47 11000000 01000111 73 192 73 co 49 11000000 01001001 75 192 75 co 4B 11000000 01001011 Note When you select your locomotive with a two digit ID as an extended address you may need to enter leading zeros to distinguish it from a Primary short ID on some command stations e g 0062 instead of 62 Disable Enable Verbal Announcements CV 62 In Ops Mode the Quantum System will automatically speak out the value of the CV that you enter To disable set CV 62 to 0 no verbal response to enable set CV 62 to 1 hear CV 62 equals 1 Default is Enabled CV Inquiry with Verbal Feedback in Ops Mode CV 64 To inquire about the current value of any CV through Verbal Feedback in Ops Mode e Set CV 64 to the CV you wish to query Hear the verbal message CV X equals Y where X is the CV number and Y is t
110. 2 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F2 Default Value CV 36 Output Location for F2 with Factory Default Features 00001000 8 Doppl D i Blower Coupler Crash rect feci iStart U Be Hise Fans a Horn Whistle Bell ne a Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 4 is the Whistle or Horn Therefore by default F2 controls the Whistle or Horn while locomotive is moving or stopped e You can specify that F1 control any of Outputs 1 3 and 5 8 in addition to or instead of Output 4 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F2 control the following features Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Output 1 Directional Lighting g u Output 2 Directional Lighting g u Output 3 Bell g q Output 4 Horn Whistle g 4 The Bell is unaffected by F2 The Bell is affected by F2 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F2 Horn Whistle is affected by F2 57 Write bit operation is supported for CV 36 58 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136
111. 20 0 ee eeeeceseeeseeeeteceseeeeseeesneeeteeesee 53 Example of 2 Dimensional Table Pl amp Sl 22402200020000000 87 Examples of Common Train Numbers sz Factory Default Settings 000nnsnensenensennnennennn Feature Identification Numbers cccccsccesseeetseeseeeeeeeteeenee Feature Operation from Function Commands A Function Key Outputs ceeeescesseceseeeseeceneeesaeeeeeeseeeeeeesee Individual Sound Identifiers ccscecsseescesseeeseeesteeeseeeeee Recommended Command Stations Speed Curves ccccneennenen Supported CVS ii aces calecdecscvetestcesencedsevercsssaieddesantessuncetes angesehene Temperature Internal Temperature Report cccccescccceseeceesteeeeeseeeeeeeee 167 Room Temperature CV 56 32 0 187 Throttle Mode CV 56 4 ccccccccesccsseesseceseeeeseceseeeeseeesseenseeses 170 Traction Motor Whine Description iieri anie eher Beisein 207 ALTA AA evened A AEA A A E EEE 95 U User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 ccceccecsseeeseceseeeeeeees 49 201 V Verbal Acknowledgement Disable Enable 2 40 0000 196 Verbal Readout ceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenennee 86 87 196 199 Version NUMDEM cccccccccesssssscccceeessssseeeecesssssaeees 37 191 192 VEHISH CVD esse lesen ehseser 35 50 Volume Adjust with Magnetic Wand 2 22200224 sn nenn 239 240
112. 4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The Reverse Trim factor preserves the same curve shape as specified in the speed table but allows a simple multiplying factor to scale it larger or smaller for trimming its speed behavior in Reverse This allows making fine adjustments to match the speed of other locomotives and to match the locomotive s Forward speed characteristics e The multiplying scale factor is n 128 where n the Reverse Trim Factor can be any number entered into CV 66 from 0 to 255 e If the Reverse Trim Factor is 0 then Reverse Trim is not implemented e f the Reverse Trim Factor is between 1 and 128 than the voltage applied to the motor is decreased by a multiplying factor that varies from 00775 to 99225 e f the Reverse Trim Factor is between 130 and 255 than the voltage applied to the motor is increased by a multiplying factor that varies from 1 0078 to 1 977 e CV 95 only applies if the speed tables are activated in CV 29 by setting bit 4 1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 202 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Sounds Available in DCC Operation Steam Sounds 1 1 Automatic Sounds Steam Chuff The familiar steam chuff comes from steam exhausted from the steam chest through the smoke stack which creates a powerful draft to feed the fire QSI Quantum chuffing produces four distinct chuff sounds per drive wheel setting a rhythm recognized by all steam fans Articulated Chuff Articulated or
113. 49 8 Write 1 to CV 56 9 Hear Version spoken out for Major Version 7 Minor Version 1 Build Number 6 you would hear seven point one point six Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 192 267 15 Dec 2007 5 9 CV58 1 SI Odometer This CV is used to read back or read out the odometer value It is also used to reset the odometer to 0 Default Value 0 CV 58 1 0 Odometer Byte 0 Least Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 58 1 1 Odometer Byte 1 Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 58 1 2 Odometer Byte 2 Most Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO All Q2 locomotives have a BEMF driven on board odometer The average BEMF reading each second is converted to Scale Miles Per Hour SMPH and added to a total stored in long term memory Q2 steam locomotives may be equipped with a Chuff CAM This CAM signals the decoder processor at each of 4 positions of a wheel revolution thus providing 4 chuffs per revolution This CAM can also be used as an on board odometer given that the diameter of the wheel CV56 24 0 1 and the locomotive scale CV56 25 0 1 are known BEMF odometer mode is the default If your locomotive has a Chuff CAM you can select t
114. 5 Dec 2007 3 11 CV 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 Sets which Function Keys are enabled when a locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID Default Value 0 CV 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 F8 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 e Ifa O is placed in any bit that function key is disabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Ifa 1 is placed in any bit that function key is enabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e This CV is useful for disabling certain features for helper locomotives within the Consist the Lead locomotive should have its Horn Whistle and Bell enabled If the F2 key controls the Horn and the 2 while the Lead F3 key controls the Bell then all slave locomotives should have 0 in Bit 1 and Bit locomotive should have 1 in these bits e The following recommended values are for locomotives that have factory default features assigned to Function Outputs see CV 53 Features that are different in the Neutral State are shown with parentheses i e Doppler Start Up means Doppler is only operable in Forward and Reverse and Start Up is operable only in Neutral Features shown that do not indicate a special Neutral Option will operate in all states Forward Neutral and Reverse Recommended value of CV 21 for a Lead Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default fe
115. 50 QSI Secondary Index CV 51 PI QSI System Sound Control 5 4 1 CV 51 0 Operations Mode System Volume PI 0 5 4 2 CV 51 1 Operations Mode Mute Volume PI 1 5 4 3 CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable PI 2 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 4 267 15 Dec 2007 5 4 4 CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value PI 5 5 5 CV 52 PI QSI Individual Sound Volume Control 5 5 1 Individual Sound Identifiers 5 6 CV 53 PI SI Output Feature Assignment 5 6 1 QSI Feature Identification Numbersused with CV 53 5 6 2 CV 53 Factory Default Settings 5 7 CV 55 PI SI QSI Feature Configuration 5 7 1 CV55 3 SI Bell 5 7 1 1 CV 55 3 0 Maximum Bell Index 5 7 1 2 CV55 3 1 Bell Select 5 7 3 CV 55 70 SI Headlight 5 7 3 1 CV 55 70 0 Headlight Initial State 5 7 3 2 CV 55 70 1 Automatic Headlight Configuration 5 7 3 3 CV 55 70 10 Headlight Dim Intensity 5 7 3 4 CV 55 70 SI Headlight Examples 5 7 4 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light 5 7 4 1 CV 55 73 0 Reverse Light Initial State 5 7 4 2 CV 55 73 1 Automatic Reverse Light Configuration 5 7 4 3 CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity 5 7 4 4 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Examples 5 7 5 CV 55 76 SI Mars Light 5 7 5 1 CV55 76 0 Mars Light Initial State 5 7 5 2 CV 55 76 1 Automatic Mars Light FWD Configuration 5 7 5 3 CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration 5 7 5 4 CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration 5 7 5 5 CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration 5 7 5 6 CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity
116. A Pulse Activated Feature ID Feature Signal Type Allowed States Function Key Level Assignments Null Output All N A 1 Whistle LA Binary All 1 Horn On 0 Horn Off 2 Alternate Horn LA Binary All 1 Primary Horn Selection 0 Alternate Horn 3 Bell LA Binary All 1 Bell On 0 Bell Off 5 Dynamic Brakes LA Binary FDW REV 1 Dynamics On Disconnect in 0 Dynamics Off NFF NFR 6 Arm Cylinder Cocks TA Momentary NFF NFR N A 8 Blower Hiss Diesel LA Binary All 1 Blowers On Cooling Fans Take Control 0 Blowers Off 9 Long Air Let off TA All N A Momentary 10 Short Air Let off TA All N A Momentary 12 Pop off TA NFF NFR N A Momentary 13 Blow Down TA NFF NFR N A Momentary 14 Injector TA NFF NFR N A Momentary 24 Diesel Turbine LA NFF NFR 1 Turbine Mode Toggle Binary 0 Diesel 64 Mute LA Binary All 1 Mute On 0 Mute Off 65 Doppler Shift TA FWD REV N A Momentary 70 Automatic Headlight LA Binary All 1 Auto On 0 Auto Off 71 Headlight LA Binary All 1 Light On 0 Light Off 72 Dim Headlight LA Binary All 1 Dim On 0 Dim Off 73 Automatic Reverse LA Binary All 1 Auto On Light 0 Auto Off 75 Dim Reverse Light LA Binary All 1 Dim On 0 Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 250 267 15 Dec 2007 76 Re
117. Air Let off in Neutral in Diesels or enables Cylinder Cocks in Steam locomotives e Pressing F9 turns on off the Heavy Load feature in a moving locomotive but activates Shut Down in Neutral 24 Double pressing ensures that Start Up is not entered or exited accidentally Doubling pressing is defined as two F6 presses within two seconds Note that the F6 Key may have to be pressed three times the first time you use it due to the command station and locomotive having different initial states for F6 25 The locomotive enters Neutral with Long Air Let off if speed step is zero If speed step is non zero the locomotive will enter either forward or reverse 26 Not all steam models have Cylinder Cocks feature Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 23 267 15 Dec 2007 2 Programming Configuration Variables 2 1 Service Mode Programming To perform Service Mode Programming place your locomotive on an isolated track called a Programming Track that is electrically insulated from the main line and separately connected to a special output from your Command Station There are two advantages to programming in Service Mode 1 On the Programming Track no Locomotive Address is required to program your locomotive This is important if you have forgotten your locomotive s ID numbers or have programmed them incorrectly This is also why programming must be done on an isolated track section Otherwise CV s of all locomotives on your layout would be programmed
118. Automatic Front Step Lights Configuration 5 7 11 3 CV 55 112 SI Front Step Lights Examples 5 7 12 CV 55 114 SI Rear Step Lights Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 5 267 15 Dec 2007 152 5 7 12 1 CV 55 114 0 Rear Step Lights Initial State 153 5 7 12 2 CV 55 114 1 Automatic Rear Step Lights Configuration 154 5 7 12 3 CV 55 114 S1 Rear Step Lights Examples 155 5 7 13 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights 156 5 7 13 1 CV 55 116 0 Front Cab Lights Initial State 157 5 7 13 2 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration 158 5 7 13 3 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights Examples 159 5 7 14 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab Lights 160 5 7 14 1 CV 55 118 0 Rear Cab Lights Initial State 161 5 7 14 2 CV 55 118 1 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Configuration 162 5 7 14 3 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab Lights Examples 163 5 7 15 CV 55 136 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 1 164 5 7 16 CV 55 137 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 2 165 5 7 17 CV 55 138 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 3 166 5 7 18 CV 55 178 SI Status Report 167 5 7 18 1 CV 55 178 0 Status Report Configuration 167 5 8 CV 56 PI SI QSI Configuration F 168 5 8 1 CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration Pl 0 168 5 82 CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode PI 4 170 5 8 3 CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control RTC Minimum Back EMF PI 5 172 5 84 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim PI 9 173 5 8 4 1 Calibrating BEMF to SMPH 173 Using a Commerical Speedometer 173 Using a Stopwatch 174 Using the Locomotive s Odometer 174 5 8 5 CV56 10 Speed
119. Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 V3 V2 V1 vo e CV 52 is implemented as a one dimensional table of up to 256 Individual Sound Volume registers with CV 49 used as an index to these registers Primary Index Table of Volume Levels 0 Volume Level for Sound 0 1 Volume Level for Sound 1 2 Volume Level for Sound 2 3 Volume Level for Sound 3 e To change the volume level of an individual sound do the following 1 Set CV 49 to the identifier for the individual sound see table next page 2 Set data in Bits 0 3 of CV 52 as follows i 4 15 No sound Sets volume level from the lowest level at 1 to the highest level at 15 e 4 bits of volume level are used providing 16 volume levels The volume levels correspond to 2db increments e All other bits are reserved Data in bits 4 7 are not used Any data entered in these bits will be ignored Example Set the bell volume to the 6 volume level and then set the Horn Whistle volume to 10 level i e set CV 52 8 to 6 followed by setting CV 52 0 to 11 1 Set CV 49 to 8 to select the Bell sound 2 Set CV 52 to 6 to select the 6th volume level for the Bell 3 Set CV 49 to 0 to select the Horn Whistle sound 4 Set CV 52 to 10 to select the 10th volume level for the Horn Whistle Example For dual Air Pump Steam Locomotives turn the volume off on one pump to create single pump action 1 Set
120. CV 39 Output Location for F5 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F5 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F5 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F5 Default Value 00001000 8 CV 39 Output Location for F5 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fire j Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans CanAm Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long P Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 Bit 3 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 7 is Dynamic Brakes Therefore by default F5 controls the Dynamic Brake Sounds e You can specify that F5 control any of Outputs 4 6 and 8 11 in addition to or instead of Output 7 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F5 control the following features Bit0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F5 1 Horn Whistle is affected by F5 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire D The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F5 s The Coupler Sounds are affected by F5 Bit2 Output 6 Steam Lo
121. CV 49 to 17 to select the second pump sound 2 CV 52 to zero to select no volume Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 94 267 15 Dec 2007 5 5 1 Individual Sound Identifiers Primary Index CV 49 Sound Typical Default value Levels 0 Horn Whistle 11 8 Bell 11 10 Chuff Diesel Motor Traction 11 Motor 11 Chuff 2 Articulated Steam 11 Locomotives Only 13 Gas Turbine Whoosh 11 14 Turbo 11 15 Cylinder Cocks or Gas Turbine 11 Whine 16 Air Pump 1 11 17 Air Pump 2 Steam Locomotives 11 Only 19 Steam Blower Hiss Fans 8 11 21 Long Air Let off 11 22 Short Air Let off 11 24 Squealing Brakes 11 26 Steam Dynamo Diesel Generator 11 28 Dynamic Brakes Fans 11 29 Boiler Pop off 11 30 Blow down 11 31 Injector 11 34 Coupler Sounds 11 37 Air Brakes 11 40 Alternate Horn Volume 11 96 Default levels for individual sounds may be set to different levels at the factory then are shown here depending on the acoustic nature of each locomotive Check the value of your default settings in your individual locomotive s instruction manual 97 Whistle in Steam Locomotives Horn in Diesel and Electric Locomotives 98 Chuff in Steam Locomotives Diesel Motor in Diesel Locomotives Traction Motor in Electric Locomotives 99 Steam Blower in Steam Locomotives Cooling Fans in Diesel and Electric Locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 95 267 15 Dec 2007 5 6 CV 53 Pl SI Output Feature A
122. CV or that the new value has been accepted and is correct Note In Ops Mode Quantum locomotives do give verbal feedback during CV programming If CV Verbal Acknowledgement is enabled see CV 62 the CV number and its new value are announced over the locomotive s sound system when a CV is programmed Note In Ops Mode you can command a Quantum locomotive to speak out the current value of any CV see CV 64 Another disadvantage with Programming on the Main is that you need to address your locomotive with its ID number in order to change its CV values This could be a problem if you have forgotten your locomotive s ID number Or you might use the wrong address and program the wrong locomotive It could happen that you find yourself unable to communicate with your locomotive If this does happen you can move your locomotive to a Programming Track and change your locomotive s ID using Service Mode Programming Or you can do a hardware reset by pulling the reset jumper on the circuit board or by using the Magnetic Wand which will set the locomotive s ID to short address 3 See Appendix IIIB Note Some command stations do not support programming address CV s on the main See notes in trouble shooting and related CV s 1 17 18 56 129 for possible solutions to this problem One advantage of programming on the main is that you often can observe an immediate change to your locomotive s behavior when you program a CV For example
123. Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph e Set data in Bit 5 as follows 94 Write bit operation is supported for Special Sound Effects Enable 95 See Gas Turbine Operation in Appendix II for further explanation of this feature Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 90 267 15 Dec 2007 0 Cylinder Cocks are not automatically armed after 25 seconds in NFF NFR 1 Cylinder Cocks are automatically armed after 25 seconds in NFF NFR Default If this bit is 1 and the locomotive remains in neutral for at least 25 seconds Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive starts moving in FWD REV The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph e All other bits are reserved Any data entered in these bits is ignored Example Set Special Sound Effects according to Feature Table below Set CV 49 to 2 Set CV 51 to value indicated for the combination of features you want Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 91 267 15 Dec 2007 Cylinder Cylinder Heavy Load Std Alt Horn Coded Horn Decimal Binary Value Hex Cocks Cocks On Off Select Horn for Triggered Value Value Armed after
124. Control cceeecesscesecesecesseeeeeeeseeesaeeeeeeseeeeeeesee 259 Blow DOW 2 0 22 ee st ee rs eae Eea 45 99 250 C Cab Liht err nen 21 100 101 251 Automatic Cab Lights 13 14 98 99 166 251 Configuratie aeni e a ea na A 158 162 Initial State Calibrated Speed Control CS0 12 32 35 52 170 176 Troubleshooting esesseeeeeeeessesssersresesesesrersrsrsreenrsrsrsrererreeee 235 Calibrating BEMF to Scale MPH Chuff Interval Scale Factor CV 56 12 0 0 0 0 ecceeesceeseeeteees 177 Chuff Interval Trim CV 56 13 00 ec ccsscessseeseesseesseeeeseens 178 CHUTE Rate 2 naa a ia 177 178 Description essen abend 203 Synchronization with Wheel Rotation 168 177 178 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 263 267 Vollmer enevanccasenttheay suas esedeaee 95 Command Station i eere rererere E aaa 54 170 Doppler Shift Activation Function Keys 0 se eeeeeeeceeneceseeceseeesceceseessaeceseeeteeesseeeeneesseeenee 54 Troubleshooting esesessessensennennenennennennennenennenennen 235 Programming CV29 Programming Extended Address 40 42 190 Programming Primary Address 2 22402 24442444228 nneenennnn 189 Recommended Command Stations Service Mode 220002044 een Configuration Data 1 CV 29 Common Settings Consist a2 A E EE
125. DC Section Conducting Rail DCC Section Joiner Joiner Insulator Insulator Direction of Travel When switch 2 SW 2 is open the DCC signal is half wave rectified by diodes D1 or D2 to produce a positive DC signal to the DC section when Switch 1 is at position A or a negative DC signal when Switch 1 is at position B If Switch 2 is closed the DCC signal is connected directly to the DC section and D1 and D2 have no effect on applying DC power to the DC section Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 259 267 15 Dec 2007 If DC power conversion is enabled in CV 29 bit 2 1 and SW 2 is open the polarity on the DC section can be used to stop the Quantum equipped locomotive or let it precede depending on the position of SW 1 If the locomotive is entering the DC section from the right and SW 1 is set to A the locomotive will continue at its current speed setting through the DC section The locomotive of course will not respond to DCC signals until it leaves the DC section and reenters the DCC powered section at the far left On the other hand if SW 1 is set to B the polarity on the DC section is opposite the locomotive s direction and the locomotive will slow to a stop at its DCC momentum setting If the polarity is reversed again to be consistent with the locomotive s direction the locomotive will accelerate at its current DCC momentum setting to leave the DC section Alternately SW 2 could have been closed to cause DCC signals to be applied to th
126. DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 42 267 15 Dec 2007 3 10 CV 19 Consist Address Sets a locomotive s Consist address in addition to setting the locomotive s direction within the Consist Default Value 0 CV 19 Consist Address Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO e Bits AO A6 set the Consist address to any value from 0 to 127 e Bit D7 sets the locomotive s direction 0 in D7 sets the locomotive to a normal Forward and 1 sets locomotive to Reverse Direction within the Consist e Ifthe address in bits 0 6 is 0 the locomotive is not in a Consist e If the seven bit address has a value 1 127 when decoder receives a command packet addressed to this address the packet will be processed as any other packet except The direction bit in a speed direction or advanced operation packet is inverted if D7 1 Function Key commands are ignored unless enabled in CV s 21 and 22 Long Form CV Access instructions will be ignored Only Short Form CV Access instructions for CV s 23 and 24 are allowed e If alocomotive has the same Consist Address as its Primary Address it will respond to commands as through it were being addressed by its Primary Address without the restrictions set in CV 21 and CV 22 37 Consists are also know as Multiple Heading Lashups or Multiple Unit Trains MU s Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 43 267 1
127. DO e Use this index with CV 56 if your controller will not allow you to program your locomotive s ID on the main and programming on the programming track is impossible due to insufficient power from your command station e This feature is only supported during Operations Mode programming It will not work during Service Mode programming e Use CV 50 to select between Short Address CV 50 1 High Byte Extended Address CV 50 17 and Low Byte Extended Address CV 50 18 e When CV 56 129 1 is written the data byte is written to CV 1 If programming acknowledgement is enabled you will hear CV 1 equals lt short address gt The data byte must be in the range 1 to 127 e When CV 56 129 17 is written the data byte is merely stored in temporary memory There is no verbal program announcement The data byte must be in the range of 0xCO to OxE7 e When CV 56 129 18 is written the two data bytes are written to CV 17 and CV 18 making the locomotive s ID the 2 byte address consisting of the byte written to CV 56 129 17 and the byte written to CV 56 129 18 If you want to verify the full address in Ops Mode set CV 64 to 17 or 18 and hear CV 17 or 18 equals lt long address gt Note When programming the Extended Address you must set CV 56 129 17 before you set CV 56 129 18 See the CV 17 and CV 18 documentation for description of how to compute and enter the MSB most significant byte and the LSB
128. E A ATTS Consist Address CV 19 0 ccc cc ccccccsssseccceessssseeeeceeseesssseeeeees Consist Address Active for F1 F8 CV 21 22020220 een 44 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 CV 22 0 45 Speed Matching Locomotives in Consist 170 171 Cooling Fans ne ns EATE 99 Descnption unsre nn 205 207 209 VolUME risna sanshnissienissnnrsiee 95 Coupler Sounds cccccscccceeeessreee 13 15 44 99 102 252 253 Coupler Air LineS sse sree iesirea resar aa aaeeea e 15 Coupler Armii cies vccascccscilven unse inklssen 15 Coupler Crash ecesna eir eriei erer a EE ERARE 15 Coupler Lit BAr eean e a TE R EEES AE Ea 15 Coupling Pin D sciption eissir ersan daed ian VOMERO A TOR RAT Cruise Control re CSC see Calibrated Speed Control cece ecceecceeeeeeeeteeeeeeneees 12 GVR EZDEG on teh tans en een Sesser ba eee 231 Cylinder Cocks 11 14 16 18 250 At RAR Rae Es 13 23 90 98 Descriptio seinen E hei ARA een hei en 203 Vollmer inhalt RSE 95 D Deceleration Adjustment CV 24 u 39 43 48 51 Deceleration Rate CV A 11 18 19 34 39 48 51 Diesel Generator Volume cn ead hase Aa L ieee STA 95 Diesel Motor L w lde annann aae r a NS 21 206 210 Motor R V ccccccsssccccccessssseccceceessssseeeceeeeeeas 16 21 205 209 Motor Shut DOW sareni T E E cee 205 Motor Start occ ee een ers OEA 205
129. F REV NFR Dim Dim Bright Dim If the reverse light cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 112 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 4 3 CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity For models with a dimmable Reverse Light this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Reverse Light dimmed you can observe the Reverse Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 73 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 113 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 4 4 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Examples Example 1 want the automatic reverse light to be bright in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 73 1 to 10101010 binary AA hex 170 decimal Example 2 How will the reverse light behave if set CV 55 73 0 to 00000111 binary 07 hex 7 decimal Answer The automatic reverse light is initially activated and the reverse light intensity is controlled by the CV 55 73 1 settings If the automatic reverse light is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 74 function state turns t
130. Number 10 Retrieve Firmware Build Date Month 1 12 11 Retrieve Firmware Build Date Day 1 31 12 Retrieve Firmware Build Date Year 02 2002 14 Retrieve Firmware Sound Set Number Low Byte 15 Retrieve Firmware Sound Set Number High Byte 16 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Month 1 12 17 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Day 1 31 18 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Year 02 2002 e The Firmware Major Version Number can be retrieved from CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number Example Retrieve the Product Model 1 Write 254 to CV 49 Write 4 to CV 50 Read back CV 56 Save the returned value as H Write 5 to CV 50 Read back CV 56 Save the returned value as L The Product Model H 256 L pO gs OS Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 191 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 13 CV 56 255 Play Build Information PI 255 Use this CV in Ops Mode to hear the locomotive speak out information about its firmware Default Value NA CV 56 255 Play Build Information Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 D3 D1 DO e Write data to CV 56 as follows 0 Play Product Model You will hear the Product Model number e g 300 or 400 This identifies the locomotive model and the sounds programmed into the software 1 Play Firmware Version Y
131. Programming on the Main cseesscceececeseesseeceteeeeseeeeeeteeeeaeens Programming Track Proprietary Rights and Obligations R Recommended Reading 24u24000000snnnesneesnennensnennennnn 258 Reed Switch see Magnetic Wand 239 Disable 1 ee EA AE EA 169 Regulated Throttle Control RTC 12 52 171 241 243 245 Reset Reset Odometer ccccccsssccccceesssssccceeessssseeeeeeeseeeee 188 193 Troubleshooting 22 2 2202 es 237 USING CV56A28 u engenesssengenegaisarm 188 using Jumper 25 229 238 using Magnetic Wand 25 239 240 Reverse REV cccccccssssssscccccesssssseceeceessssseeeseeesseesanees 11 44 96 Reverse Light 0 13 46 101 251 Automatic Reverse Light 14 99 164 250 Configuration CV 55 73 14 oo ccc cccccesccesecesseesseeeseeeeseeesees 112 Dim Intensity CV 55 73 10 0 0 ee eccccesceseeseeeseeesseeeseeesseees 113 15 Dec 2007 Dim Reverse Light csscccssscccssscscessrcecsssessessrecesseeeees 99 250 Initial State CV 55 73 0 oo cece ecsccessecesecesseesteeeseeesseeeeseens 111 Reverse Trim CV 95 cccsssccccssstcessscccssseccesssnccessnesessresesseneees 202 Rights and Obligations oe RTC see Regulated Throttle Control ccccecessceeseeceeeteeee
132. Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 176 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 6 CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor PI 12 Use this CV to adjust the time between BEMF synchronized chuffs Default Value 32 CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e This byte specifies a scale factor used to determine the amount of time between BEMF synchronized chuffs This is inversely related to the chuff rate or the number of chuffs per wheel revolution the larger the scale factor more time between chuffs the slower the chuff rate fewer chuffs per wheel revolution The content of this CV is interpreted as X 32 which means a CV value of 32 is equivalent to a scale factor of 1 0 e Some examples of different scale factors are CV 56 12 Scale Factor Chuffs Per Wheel Revolution 32 0x20 1 0 4 43 0x2B 1 3 3 64 0x40 2 0 2 128 0x80 4 0 1 e To calculate the scale factor for a desired number of chuffs per wheel revolution use the formula Scale Factor 4 N 32 where N is the number of chuffs per revolution e Use this scale factor to fine tune the chuff rate For example if your locomotive chuffs a little slower than four per revolution you can decrease the scale factor to 31 0 97 to slightly increase the number of chuffs per revolution Or if your locomotive chuffs a little faster than four per revolut
133. Sets the Inertia under Deceleration Default Value 0 CV 4 Deceleration Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 4 can contain any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no inertia and gives the fastest response to changes in throttle position e The larger the value of CV 4 the more gradually the locomotive slows down as the throttle is decreased The inertia in seconds speed step is calculated by the formula Deceleration Inertia seconds speed step CV 4 0 896 Number of Speed Steps This inertia is independent of which Number of Speed Steps is in use 14 28 or 128 For the same value of CV 4 it will take the same amount of time to go from full speed to a dead stop for a throttle change from maximum to minimum regardless of the speed step choice The time can vary from a quick response measured in seconds for CV 4 0 to as long as 3 8 minutes 228 seconds for CV 4 255 e The deceleration rate is the inverse of the above formula Deceleration Rate speed steps second Number of speed steps CV 4 0 896 e The acceleration and deceleration rate values in CV 3 and CV 4 will apply if you change the direction of a moving locomotive The locomotive will slow to a stop at a rate set by CV 4 and then accelerate in the opposite direction at a rate set by CV 3 33 This NMRA name is more aptly entitled Inertia unde
134. Standby e Double press the F9 key while in Disconnect to enter Standby You will hear a Long Air Let off followed by a special Low Idle sound The Directional Lighting and optional Ditch Lights or Mars Light will shut down Note The motor will remain disconnected while the Air Pumps automatic Cooling Fan operation Number Board Lights and Marker Lights will continue to operate In Standby the locomotive will not respond to throttle or function keys128 The three exceptions are the F6 Start Up Key the F8 Mute Key and the F10 Status Key e To leave Standby either double press the F6 Start Up Key as described in the Start Up section or double press the F9 key again to reach the final stage of Shut Down Total Shut Down Note Standby is ideal for leaving your locomotive running on a siding Besides hearing the Low Idle diesel motor sounds the locomotive will not respond to accidentally changing the throttle setting or pressing the function keys Stage Three Total Shut Down Total Shut Down allows the operator to take the locomotive off line turn off sounds lights ignore throttle settings and function commands independent of the operating session the locomotive will still be off line when power is reapplied for the next operating session regardless of whether the next session is Analog conventional DC or DCC 126 Dynamic Brakes on prototype locomotives are less effective and are seldom used at low speeds 127 Double
135. Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor PI 10 o oS 176 5 8 6 CV56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor PI 1 o o o O 177 5 86 CV 56 13 Chuff Interval Trim PI 13 178 5 8 7 CV 56 18 21 S1 Quantum PID Parameters 179 5 8 7 1 CV 56 18 SI PID Parameters for Very Slow Speed PI 18 SI 0 2 179 5 8 7 2 CV 56 19 SI PID Parameters for Slow Speed PI 19 SI 0 2 180 5 8 7 3 CV 56 20 SI PID Parameters for Medium Speed PI 20 SI 0 2 181 5 8 7 4 CV 56 21 SI PID Parameters for High Speed PI 21 SI 0 2 182 5 8 7 5 Setting PID Parameters for Quantum Equipped Model Locomotives 183 5 8 7 6 General Hints for Setting PID Parameters 184 5 8 8 CV 56 24 SI Wheel Diameter PI 24 SI 0 1 185 5 8 9 CV 56 25 SI Locomotive Scale PI 25 SI 0 1 186 5 8 10 CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature PI 32 SI 0 7 5 8 10 CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default PI 128 188 5 8 11 CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access PI 129 189 5 8 12 CV 56 254 About Quantum Decoder PI 254 191 5 8 13 CV 56 255 Play Build Information PI 255 192 5 9 CV58 1 SI Odometer 193 5 9 1 Odometer Reset 193 5 9 2 Ops Mode Odometer Read Out 193 5 9 3 Service Mode Odometer Read Back 194 5 9 4 BEMF Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 0 194 5 9 5 CAM Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 1 194 5 10 CV 62QSI Control 196 5 11 CV 64 CV Numeric Verbal Readout Verbal CV Inquiry 199 6 CV s66 95 NMRAStandardCV s 2000 6 1 CV 66 Forward Trim 200 6 2 CV 67 94 User Defined Speed Table 201 6
136. V 18 use the following alternative procedures to program your locomotive s ID s Alternate Procedure for Entering Short Primary Address in CV 56 129 1 in Ops Mode e SetCV 49 to 129 e SetCV50to1 e Set CV 56 to your Short Address 1 or 2 digits Hear the address spoken back CV 1 XX e If necessary set CV 29 bit 5 to 0 or set CV 29 to 6 which is factory default 35 to enable your new Primary Address Procedure for Entering your Long Extended Address in CV 56 129 in Ops Mode e Determine the value of CV 17 and CV 18 for your Extended Address from the ID Table on the next page or follow instructions under CV 17 and CV 18 inthe Quantum DCC Reference Manual Version 3 to calculate a different ID number e SetCV 49 to 129 e Set CV 50 to 17 e Set CV 56 to the value of CV 17 from the table Hear the value of CV17 spoken out CV 56 129 17 X e SetCV50to 18 e Set CV 56 to the value of CV 18 from the table Hear the value of CV18 spoken out CV 56 129 18 X 136 e If necessary set CV 29 bit 5 to 1 or set CV 29 to 38 13 to allow operation with your new Extended Address 133 Consult the DCC Reference manual to learn how to reset different groups of CV s 134 113 is QSI s Manufacturer s ID Number assigned by the NMRA 135 See Table on Page 22 for additional options for CV29 with bit 5 set to O 136 If you want to verify your extended address set CV 64 to 17 or
137. Volume een odes EA ETN 95 Diesel Turbo Description heen tie eee ees 205 Vollme 2222 2 en as RE RER ER 95 DiGItran gt 2 32 endeten nein 230 Compatibility with QSI equipped decoders 230 Programming a Long Address 3 232 Returning to the Short Address esesesensenennennenennen 232 Troublesh tin 2 2 e een ale 235 Direction Control er Direction Key 2 ee eas e ersa aeaee tei Directional Lighting eee eeeeeseeeereeeteeeeeeees 11 13 14 51 249 Disconnect Ditch Lights 053 ve2sn nein rare lassen 13 99 251 Automatic Ditch Lights 14 98 164 251 15 Dec 2007 Configuration CV 55 84 1 4 125 126 127 128 Dim Ditch Lightnin nenene aa i 99 251 Dim Intensity CV 55 84 10 0 0 ec eeesceseeseeeseessseesseeeeseees 130 Initial State CV 55 84 0 Strobe Ditch Lights 2 0 0 0 ee eesceseeesteceseeeeneeeseessaeeeneeens Strobe Hold Time CV 55 84 5 0 0 0 0 ccc cccsccccsseccesseeseesseeeeseee 129 Doppler Shift 13 99 250 Description u 02s82 en 204 206 207 210 HOW tO TSSOP 4 4 siriane eias 17 90 Double Press Dynamic Brakes 13 16 21 100 102 250 253 Description o e RA i 204 206 210 Description ea yena erehe aer re 208 Volumen sent E N INTA 95 Engine Makes No Sounds ssesseseeeseeesseseeeesessser
138. X X X X X 62 00111110 3E X X X X X X 63 00111111 3F Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 92 267 15 Dec 2007 5 4 4 CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value PI 5 Use this CV to specify the number of seconds of idle time after which the locomotive automatically mutes its sounds Default Value 0 CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Each unit represents 10 seconds The maximum value is 255 which represents 2550 seconds or 42 minutes and 30 seconds e f the number of specified seconds of idle time is exceeded the locomotive s sounds are automatically reduced to the Mute Volume specified in CV51 1 If the locomotive s sounds are already muted via the Mute function the locomotive s sounds will not change in volume e If the value of this CV is 0 this timeout is disabled Sounds are not automatically muted e idle time is defined as the period of time during which the locomotive is in neutral and receives only Speed packets with speed step 0 e f the locomotive receives a Speed packet with speed step gt 0 or any non speed packet such as a Function packet or Configuration Variable Access packet then the idle time is immediately reset and the sounds return to their previous volume e idle time also includes the case where the locomotive receives no valid packets addressed specifically to its Pr
139. ack to its original setting using the F8 function key This capability is useful when you need to reduce the sound to engage in a conversation or to answer the phone If you have many trains operating at once you can reduce the volume on all those that are running in the background of the layout and increase the volume of the closest locomotive The Mute feature changes the sound gradually over a second or two which allows the sound to increase or decrease realistically as the locomotive approaches or recedes from the observer e Press the F8 key in Neutral or Forward Reverse to gradually decrease or increase the locomotive s volume Note Mute state is not maintained if power is turned off and then turned back on the locomotive will return to full system volume setting Note Mute Volume can be programmed in CV 51 1 Function Key Operation in Neutral Some function keys used in Forward and Reverse will have different effects when used in Neutral e The F7 key produces Squealing Brake Sounds for a moving locomotive but produces Diesel Turbine transitions in Neutral e Pressing F6 results in Doppler shift for a moving locomotive but activates Start Up in Neutral e Pressing F9 enables Heavy Load in a moving locomotive but activates Shut Down in Neutral 129 Double pressing ensures that Start Up is not entered accidentally Double pressing is defined as two F6 commands sent within two seconds Note that the F6 key may have to be pressed three times
140. activate or deactivate all the automatic lights You can also set CV 55 137 1 to 0 and CV 55 138 2 to 0 if you wish but unless you have F9 F12 on your controller this should not be necessary Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 164 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 16 CV 55 137 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 2 The Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 137 0 CV 55 137 2 and assign Feature 137 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 137 is assigned to output 13 F11 in CV 53 By default the Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature controls the automatic Front and Rear Number Board Lights Front and Rear Marker Lights and Front and Rear Step Lights CV 55 137 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Ditch Reserved Mars Reverse Headlight Lights Light Light 70 84 76 73 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 137 1 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Byte 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear Front Reserved Reserved Rear Front Rear Front Step Step Marker Marker Number Number Lights Lights Lights Lights Board Board 114 112 106 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default valu
141. affected by F4 A Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F4 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F4 We Dynamic Brakes are affected by F4 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F4 4 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F4 63 Write bit operation is supported for CV 38 64 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 66 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F4 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by FA Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F4 1 Audio Mute is affected by F4 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F4 1 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by FA Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 67 267 15 Dec 2007 4 8
142. ain track power off and reinstall jumper and tender cab or access panel The locomotive has now been returned to original factory settings including all Analog and DCC settings Remove clearing jumper from this connector Engine Connector Manual Volume Control Note Do not try to perform the jumper reset operation on the Program Track under Service Mode power Always perform this operation under full power Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 238 267 15 Dec 2007 To Adjust the Volume Using the Potentiometer e Locate the Manual Volume Control under the access panel on the roof of your Diesel or Electric locomotive or under the water hatch on Steam locomotive tender as shown in the Model Specification sheet that was included with your instructions e Turn on main track power You may want to turn on and leave on some of the significant sound effects such as horn whistle and bell e Use a small screwdriver to turn the volume clockwise to increase volume or turn it counterclockwise to decrease the volume e Replace the access panel or water hatch cover Note Volume can also be adjusted digitally using the programming methods described in the programming sections of this manual Magnetic Wand Models Modern Quantum Steam and Diesel models use a glass enclosed reed relay to reset the Quantum System or adjust the volume The reed relay will close its contacts when the magnet supplied with your locomotive is placed in close proximity The
143. al and Hex values are shown for each combination Choose the features you want enabled and enter the corresponding number into CV 29 using the format recommended by your command station The default for Quantum decoders is shown in bold type Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 52 267 15 Dec 2007 CV 29 Common Settings Extended Speed Power 28 128 Reversed Decimal Binary Hex Addressing Tables Conversion speed step Direction Value Value Value 0 00000000 0x0 x 1 00000001 0x1 x 2 00000010 0x2 x x 3 00000011 0x3 x 4 00000100 0x4 x x 5 00000101 0x5 X X 6 00000110 0x6 X X X 7 00000111 0x7 x 16 00010000 0x10 x x 17 00010001 0x11 x X 18 00010010 0x12 X X X 19 00010011 0x13 X X 20 00010100 0x14 X X X 21 00010101 0x15 X X X 22 00010110 0x16 X X X X 23 00010111 0x17 X 32 00100000 0x20 X X 33 00100001 0x21 X X 34 00100010 0x22 X X X 35 00100011 0x23 X X 36 00100100 0x24 X X X 37 00100101 0x25 x x x 38 00100110 0x26 x x x x 39 00100111 0x27 x x 48 00110000 0x30 x x x 49 00110001 0x31 x x x 50 00110010 0x32 x x x x 51 00110011 0x33 x x x 52 00110100 0x34 x x x x 53 00110101 0x35 x x x x 54 00110110 0x36 x x x x x 55 00110111 0x37 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 53 267 15 Dec 2007 4 CV s 33 46 Output Locations 4 1 Overview The NMRA standard currently provides for fourteen Function Inpu
144. al Types Table Appendix VIII Interaction of Function Keys Function Groups Function Inputs and Outputs and Feature Assignments Appendix IX Recommended Reading Appendix X Application Notes Using DC Power Conversion for Block Signal Control Appendix XI Binary Hexadecimal Decimal Conversions Appendix XII Rights and Obligations Index Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 8 267 15 Dec 2007 235 235 235 237 238 238 241 241 241 241 243 246 246 246 247 249 250 255 255 258 258 259 259 259 261 261 262 262 263 Digital Command Control Explained Digital Command Control DCC is the standard adopted by the National Model Railroad Association NMRA in 1994 to allow compatible operation of all locomotives and Command Stations regardless of manufacturer DCC differs from Analog control in that DCC applies full voltage to the track at all times and controls the speed and functions of different locomotives by addressing each locomotive separately using assigned locomotive ID numbers Because each locomotive can be addressed separately you can independently control speed lights and sounds on different locomotives on the same powered track DCC provides features and opportunities that are usually not available under conventional Analog Control but does require you to commit to a new and more complex operating system All Quantum equipped locomotives operate using NMRA DCC control The three mos
145. al ver 4 1 F 16 G 4 J 3 K 0 fs Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 267 267 15 Dec 2007
146. alculator you will get 20 8711 Note the integer value n 20 which is the quotient Add 192 to this quotient to get 212 and store this value in CV 17 CV 17 n 192 CV 17 20 192 212 Compute the remaining integer value by multiplying 20 by 256 and subtract from the locomotive value to get remainder and store in CV 18 CV 18 Locomotive Number n X 256 CV 18 5343 20 X 256 223 Remember to change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow the Extended Address operation see CV 29 Example2 Binary or Hex Entry Program CV 17 and CV 18 to Extended Address 5343 Convert 212 from previous example to binary 11010100 or hex OxD4 Enter this number in CV 17 Convert 223 from previous example to binary 11011111 or hex OxDF and enter in CV 18 Remember to change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow the Extended Address operation see CV 29 To check Compute CV 17 192 256 CV 18 where 192 is the decimal equivalent of CV 17 with only the leading 1 s 11000000 Decimal 212 192 256 223 5343 Binary 11010100 11000000 100000000 11011111 1010011011111 5343 decimal Hex OxD4 0xC0 0x100 OxDF 0x14DF 5343 decimal where OxCO is the hex equivalent of 192 The following table shows examples for some common Steam locomotive cab numbers See if your calculations match the values in the table After you have calculated your ID numbers just follow the procedure below to enter your extended ID nu
147. am the System Volume in Service Mode but you won t hear the change in volume until you enter Operations Mode Note The system volume in this CV is the same system volume used during conventional Analog operation Changing this CV changes the system volume in Analog DC and changing the system volume in Analog DC changes the value of this CV Example Set the Operations Mode System volume to 64 50 of max 1 Set CV 49 to 0 2 Set CV 51 to 64 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 88 267 15 Dec 2007 5 4 2 CV 51 1 Operations Mode Mute Volume PI 1 Use CV 51 0 to change the Mute Volume Mute is one of the Quantum features that can be turned on and off by a Function Key When Mute is On the overall volume reduces to the volume set by CV 51 1 Default Value 0 CV 51 1 Ops Mode Mute Volume Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 V5 V4 V3 V2 V1 vo e Set CV 49 to 1 to specify the Primary Index for Operations Mode Mute Volume e The Mute Volume can be set to any value between 0 no sound and 63 50 If the Mute Volume is set over 50 of the System Volume set in CV 51 0 the applied Mute Volume will be 50 of the System Volume setting The upper bit is reserved and should be 0 A 0 in this CV will mute all sound effects to zero volume e The default Mute Volume is 0 0 e The Mute Volume applies when the locomotive is in normal operation o
148. ample 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the mars light as well When first turn the mars light on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 77 toa function output Feature 78 to a second function output and Feature 79 to a third function output Example 5 want to explicitly dim and strobe the mars light but the mars light should be always on On startup the mars light should be dim Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00000110 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Next remove the Automatic Mars Light feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 78 to a function output and Feature 79 to a second function output You do not need to assign Feature 77 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 122 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 CV 55 84 51 Ditch Lights Four features can be assigned to function keys to control ditch lights operation Feature Feature Name Use 84 Automatic Ditch Lights Activate 85 Ditch Lights On 86 Ditch Lights Dim 87 Ditch Lights Strobe Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Ditch Lights Explicitly turn the Ditch Lights On Off Explicitly specify the Ditch Lights be Dim Bright Explicitly turn on off Ditch Lights strobe
149. and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 69 267 15 Dec 2007 4 9 CV 40 Output Location for F6 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F6 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F6 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F6 Default Value 00010000 16 CV 40 F6 Output Location for F6 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fire j Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Aim Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long P Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 Bit 3 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 8 are Doppler Shift for a moving locomotive and Locomotive Start Up in Neutral Therefore by default F6 controls Doppler Shift and Start Up e You can specify that F6 control any of Outputs 4 7 and 9 11 in addition to or instead of Output 8 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F6 control the following features Bit0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F6 1 Horn Whistle is affected by F6 Bit1 Ou
150. ard Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F6 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 71 267 15 Dec 2007 4 10 CV 41 Output Location for F7 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F7 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F7 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F7 Default Value 00100000 32 CV 41 Output Location for F7 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fire j Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Aim Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long P Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 5 Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 9 are Squealing Brakes plus Air Brakes for a moving locomotive and Cylinder Cocks Arm or a Long Air Let off for a Brake Set in Neutral Therefore by default F7 controls Squealing Brakes or Air Brakes for a moving locomotive and a Cylinder Cocks Arm or Brake Set Sound in Neutral e You can specify that F7 control
151. art 1 close to linear 4 0000010 0 Fast Start 2 5 0000010 1 Fast Start 3 6 0000011 0 Fast Start 4 7 00000141414 Fast Start 5 greatest curvature Concave Slow Start Curves 64 01000000 Reverts to Linear Curve 65 01000001 Reverts to Linear Curve 66 0100001 0 Linear Curve 67 0100001 1 Slow Start 1 close to linear 68 0100010 0 Slow Start 2 69 0100010 1 Slow Start 3 70 0100011 0 Slow Start 4 71 01000 1 11 Slow Start 5 greatest curvature e If any of the Reverts to User Defined Table values are set in CV 25 then the user specified speed table programmed into CV s 67 94 will be enabled e Start and V High settings will apply to these and all curve tables as described in the sections for CV 2 and CV 5 When selecting a speed table it is recommended that you first select your V Start offset based on a linear curve and enter this value into CV 2 particularly for concave slow start curves where the V Start point may not be obvious Setting V Start for a linear curve will be much more discernible then select the type of curve you want Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 50 267 15 Dec 2007 3 16 CV 29 Configuration Data Each bit in CV 29 controls some basic operational settings for DCC decoders Default Value 00000110 6 CV 29 Configuration Data Register with NMRA Assigned Features Accessory Reserved for Extended Speed Table Advanced Decoder Power Source FL Locomotive Decoder Fu
152. ary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic headlight feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 71 toa function output and feature 72 to a second function output Example 5 want explicit control over whether the headlight is bright or dim but the headlight will always be on On startup the headlight should be dim Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 00000110 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Next remove the Automatic Headlight feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 72 toa function output You do not need to assign feature 71 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 109 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 4 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Three features can be assigned to function keys to control reverse light operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 73 Automatic Reverse Light Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Reverse Light 74 Reverse Light On Explicitly turn the Reverse Light On Off 75 Reverse Light Dim Explicitly specify the Reverse Light be Dim Bright The reverse light intensity Off Dim Bright can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 73 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The reverse light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state
153. as required to turn in on When I set CV 17 and 18 the Extended Address must explicitly set CV29 bit 6 to 1 before the Extended Address is effective With non QSI decoders don t have to do this Why isn t it automatic with QSI decoders If CV 62 bit O is 1 which enables Programming Verbal Acknowledgement then your QSI decoder speaks out C V 1 7 equals x x X x when you program the extended address During the time the acknowledgement is being spoken all incoming DCC packets are discarded If your controller attempts to program CV29 during this time the packet for CV29 is discarded by the decoder Set CV 62 bit 0 to 0 and your QSI decoder will not discard the CV 29 packet Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 236 267 15 Dec 2007 Service Mode Operation using the Program Track My Quantum equipped locomotive will not program in Service Mode with my command station Some command stations do not provide sufficient current to power the Quantum system If you are using a command station that has selectable track voltage for the different scales try using the O Scale or G Gauge alternative If this does not work use Ops Mode programming You can also purchase from Tony s Train Exchange 1 2 a simple inexpensive power booster PowerPak by DCC Specialties that will allow you to program on the program track with any DCC command station Occasionally when programming a CV the reported value is
154. as the locomotive continues in Forward or Reverse pressing F3 will produce coupler crash sounds 13 The hold time for strobing Ditch Lights after the horn button is released can be set in CV 55 84 5 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 15 267 15 Dec 2007 1 9 Sound of Power If CV 3 or CV 23 and CV 4 or CV 24 has been set to non zero positive values your locomotive will produce additional labored engine sounds under acceleration and lighter engine sounds under deceleration The level of labored sounds is proportional to the values for these four CV s and how much the throttle is increased or decreased Laboring is different for the three primary types of locomotives Diesel Motor RPM Quantum has all eight diesel motor throttle notches found on prototype locomotives As you increase the throttle you will hear the RPM s increase for every increase in ten speed steps at 128 speed step setting Idle is considered Notch O and occurs for speed step 0 Notch 1 ranges from 1 to 10 Notch 2 from 11 to 20 Notch 3 from 21 to 30 etc If your controller has an option to increment or decrement your throttle set setting by ten speed steps it is very easy and predicable to set your notch value Steam Exhaust Under acceleration the steam exhaust is labored and loud and under decelerating the steam exhaust is lighter Also when starting out after an extended period in Neutral over 25 seconds you will hear steam and water vented from the Cyl
155. ate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F9 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F9 1 Cab Lights are affected by F9 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 77 267 15 Dec 2007 4 13 CV 44 Output Location for F10 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F10 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F10 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F10 Default Value 00100000 32 CV 44 Output Location for F10 Register with Factory Default Features Alternate Horn Heavy Load Squealing Cab Lights Selection Speed Report Disconnect Mute Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Brakes Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Brake Set Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 e QSlI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 12 is a Scale Miles Per Hour smph or Scale Kilometers Per Hour skph Speed Report in Forward Reverse or Status Report in Neutral Therefore F10 controls SMPH and Status Report e You can specify that F10 control any of Outputs 7 11 and 13 14 in addition to or instead of Output 12 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings show
156. ate differing train lengths loads most often when operating in Consists It can however apply to single locomotives as well Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 48 267 15 Dec 2007 3 15 CV 25 Quantum Speed Table Selection Use this CV to select of one of 11 predefined speed curves Default Value 2 CV 25 Quantum Speed Table Selection Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 D6 N A N A N A D2 D1 DO e You can select from 11 predefined speed curves that are shown in the graph below The upper five convex curves are fast start curves while the lower five concave curves are slow start curves The fast start curves will compensate for locomotives that are less responsive getting started while the slow start curves compensate for locomotives that tend to rocket out when the throttle is barely turned on Speed Table Selections 120 100 80 60 40 Percent Full Throttle 20 0 Speed Steps e To select a predefined speed curve set CV 25 to the value associated with the curve in the graph above Set CV 25 to 0 or 1 to select a User Defined Curve see CV 67 94 Set CV 25 to any other number to select a predefined Linear Curve e Bit4 of CV 29 must be set to 1 to enable any of the above speed curves If CV 29 bit 4 is set to 0 then a linear straight line response is enabled
157. ation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 55 267 15 Dec 2007 4 2 CV 33 Output Location for FL f This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by FL f A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by FL f while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by FL f Default Value 00000011 3 CV 33 Output Location for FL f with Factory Default Features Coupler Crash Doppler Dynamic Blower Directional Directional C ler F Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Colbler Armi Horn Whistle Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 QSI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Outputs 1 and 2 is the Directional Lighting System Therefore by default FL f controls the Directional Lighting System in Forward or Neutral from Forward You can specify that FL f controls any of Outputs 2 thru 8 in addition to or instead of Outputs 1 and 2 Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that FL f controls the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL f 1 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL f Bit 1 Output 2 Dir
158. ation to send out a Function Group One command which contains the lighting information Not all command stations automatically send this information unless FL F1 F2 F3 or F4 is pressed Regarding turning off the lighting with the FO key the state for the light may already be off at the base station but not sent When you press the FO key it toggles the lights on and sends that command and hence the lights stay on It takes a second press of the FO key to send another command to turn off the lights See Appendix VII Different types of Feature Operation from Function Commands My brakes bell air release or other sounds come on sometimes for no apparent reason while operating my locomotive See above Some functions may already be turned on but not sent When you request any function the entire function group that contains that function will be sent and this may trigger other features already enabled within that group Hence you might request the light be turned on and hear squealing brakes or the bell turn on or off If your base station display shows the toggled condition for each of the function keys you can determine which feature will turn on or off when a Function Group One or a Function Group Two is sent My locomotive makes no sounds except an air release when power is applied and will not operate You have your locomotive in Shut Down Double press the F6 Start Up key to start your locomotive My locomotive runs
159. ature 86 function state is ignored If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 123 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 1 CV 55 84 0 Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Ditch Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 84 0 Ditch Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Feature Feature Feature Feature with Horn 87 86 85 84 Function Function Function Function State State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Ditch Lights Activate Feature 84 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights On Feature 85 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights Dim Feature 86 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights Strobe Feature 87 function e If bit 4 1 under explicit control the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the ditch lights are already strobing no change in Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows Bit 4 is applied even if the Feature 85 function state is 0 but is ignored if the Feature 84 function state is 1 e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 84 85 86 and 87 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start
160. atures assignments are shown for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis For instance only Audio Mute Brake Squeal Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Crash Horn Whistle Bell and Air Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Fire Arm Cylinder Coupler Arm Cocks or long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Recommended value of CV 21 for a Mid Helper Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default features assignments are shown for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis Audio Mute Brake Squeal Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Crash Horn Whistle Bell and Air Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Arm Cylinder Cocks or long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 38 Write bit operation is supported for CV 21 39 A Mid Helper is any locomotive between the Lead and the last or End helper in a Consist Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 44 267 15 Dec 2007 Recommended value of CV 21 for an End Helper Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default features assignments are shown for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis Audio Mute Brake Squeal and Air Brakes Arm Cylinder Cocks or long Air Let Off Doppler Start Up Dynamic Brakes Blower Hiss Fans Coupler Crash Horn Whistl
161. bine Mode or in transition from Diesel to Turbine Mode when power is shut off Turbine sounds will sequence through rapid turn on operation instead of artificially and abruptly producing full Turbine sounds when power is reapplied If the locomotive is in any point in the transition from Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode and the throttle is turned up to leave Neutral the locomotive will terminate Diesel Turbine transition and rapidly enter full Turbine operation in Turbine Mode If the locomotive is at any point in the transition from Turbine Mode to Diesel Mode and the throttle is turned up to leave Neutral locomotive will terminate Turbine Diesel transition and enter Diesel Mode A power cycle or a Software Reset will not change from Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode or from Turbine Mode to Diesel Mode A Hardware Reset using the jumper will always return the locomotive to Diesel Mode Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 222 267 15 Dec 2007 o Itis disallowed to move back and forth between Turbine and Diesel Mode when the locomotive is in transition between either Mode The transition process must be completed before another transition can be initiated o Transition from Diesel to Turbine Mode or transition from Turbine to Diesel Mode will only happen in Neutral Neither the Turbine Diesel transition by a coded horn four short horn hoots or the F7 key will have any affect on changing modes in Forward or Reverse o Ifthe locomotive was in Turbine Mode it
162. bs of tractive effort The popular GP series diesels were rated at 2000 hp with a maximum of 65 000 Ibs of tractive effort The gigantic UP DD40AX Centennials come close with 134 000 Ibs of tractive effort Later large two unit turbines developed over 8 500 horsepower but the Veranda retained its distinction of having the largest internal combustion engine in a single power unit The Verandas were designed for freight operation with a top speed of 65 mph The advantage of all gas turbines for Union Pacific was their ability to operate on inexpensive heavy oil called Bunker C that was readily available on long UP desert lines The chief disadvantages of gas turbines were their lower efficiency than diesels particularly at low speeds and their tendency towards corrosion The Bunker C caused both fouling and corrosion of the turbine blades over time and the heavy oil was difficult to handle Turbines carried their own steam boilers to preheat the Bunker C to 240 degrees to be suitable for combustion in the turbines These problems combined with the increasing price of Bunker C and competition from new more efficient and powerful diesels caused the demise of the Gas Turbines However the UP Verandas were a success story They performed well for the UP from 1952 to when they were retired in the early sixties The more advanced two unit turbines served the UP up to December of 1969 when the last gas turbine was retired Design and Description The Vera
163. bstacles with little change in speed just like the prototype In RTC as in STC the speed step is a requested power setting but in RTC the locomotive acts like it weighs thousands of pounds in response to changing loads or layout conditions This intrinsic mass is not the same as the inertia settings specified in CV 3 CV 4 CV 23 and CV 24 where the locomotive responds to throttle increases and decreases slowly over time Even with these CV s set to large values in STC the locomotive would still stop suddenly if it encountered a minor obstacle at slow speeds since there is no Inertial Control circuitry to maintain its motion RTC provides an advantage when operating Consists If the locomotives in a consist are slightly mismatched in speed and experience unequal loading the RTC firmware in each locomotive responds to automatically equalize the loading RTC applies a little more power to the locomotive that tends to run slightly slower and applies a little less power to the locomotive that tends to run slightly faster As a result all the locomotives in the consist tend to work together rather than fight each other RTC uses all the standard CV s pertaining to the throttle including CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables Example Select Regulated Throttle Control 1 Set CV 49 to 4 2 Set CV 56 to 1
164. by F7 Bit 6 Output 10 Audio Mute or 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F7 4 Audio Mute is affected by F7 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F7 1 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F7 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 73 267 15 Dec 2007 4 11 CV 42 Output Location for F8 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F8 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F8 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F8 Default Value 01000000 64 CV 42 Output Location for F8 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fire j Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Aim Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long P Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for O
165. by QSI for future use 58 Odometer 59 Reserved by QSI for future use 60 Reserved by QSI for future use 61 Reserved by QSI for future use 62 QSI Control O Y 1 Turn on off programming verbal acknowledgement 63 Reserved by QSI for future use 64 Verbal CV Inquiry O Y Decoder speaks out value of any CV 65 Kick Start O N 66 Forward Trim O Y 128 67 Speed Step 1 O Y 0 68 Speed Step 2 O Y 9 69 Speed Step 3 O Y 18 70 Speed Step 4 O Y 28 71 Speed Step 5 O Y 37 72 Speed Step 6 O Y 47 73 Speed Step 7 O Y 56 74 Speed Step 8 O Y 66 75 Speed Step 9 O Y 75 76 Speed Step 10 O Y 85 77 Speed Step 11 O Y 94 78 Speed Step 12 O Y 103 79 Speed Step 13 O Y 113 80 Speed Step 14 O Y 122 81 Speed Step 15 O Y 132 82 Speed Step 16 O Y 141 83 Speed Step 17 O Y 151 84 Speed Step 18 O Y 160 85 Speed Step 19 O Y 170 86 Speed Step 20 O Y 179 87 Speed Step 21 O Y 188 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 27 267 15 Dec 2007 88 Speed Step 22 O Y 198 89 Speed Step 23 O Y 207 90 Speed Step 24 O Y 217 91 Speed Step 25 O Y 226 92 Speed Step 26 O Y 236 93 Speed Step 27 O Y 245 94 Speed Step 28 O Y 255 95 Reverse Trim O Y 128 96 Reserved by NMRA for future use 97 Reserved by NMRA for future use 98 Reserved by NMRA for future use 99 Reserved by NMRA for future use 100 Reserved by NMRA for fut
166. c Front Number Board Lights Activate Feature 100 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Number Board Lights On Feature 101 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 100 and 101 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 100 and 101 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 133 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 7 2 Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Number Board Lights behavior Default Value CV 55 100 1 Automatic Front Number Board Lights Configuration 85 CV 55 100 1 Automatic Front Number Board Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal e IfbitO 1 the front number board lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front number board lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the front number board lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front number board lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 134 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 7 3 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front number board lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV
167. ccessories to be assigned to the Neutral States locomotive stopped or to a Motive States Forward Reverse Features shown in the green boxes are assigned to the Motive States and features shown in the red boxes are assigned to the Neutral States The diagram shows the default Quantum features assigned to the different Function Outputs for Motive and Neutral states Effects of Mixing Different Types of Features Quantum decoders previously had restrictions on assigning to the same output different types of features with different feature activation methods Level Transition or Pulse for operation in Neutral or Forward Reverse The reasons were obvious If you assigned one feature for operation in Neutral and then another for Forward Reverse then the function Input would be changed for both For instance if the Bell was assigned to Output 3 in Forward Reverse and Number Board Lights assigned to Output 3 in Neutral than there is an issue of what would happen to the Number Board Lights if you turned on the Bell in Forward by sending out a level 1 function and then entered Neutral The function Input for Output 3 is still at the new value of level 1 Do the Number Board Lights automatically come on if previously off To avoid this problem we have a simple rule An Output for a particular directional state Forward Reverse or Neutral will change state if and only if its Function Input changes while in that directional state There would seem to b
168. ce the air lost from the brake air releases and air operated appliances Once the pressure is up the pumps only turn on occasionally to maintain the pressure Air pumps are electrically operated and are quite noticeable if the fans are turned down or off In Forward you will hear the Air Pumps come on soon after the Horn is operated to maintain the air pressure Appliance Air Release Compressed air is used on locomotives for operating various appliances You will hear either a Short Air Let off or Long Air Let off at various times Brake Squeal You can hear the brake squeal on prototype locomotives when the locomotive is moving slowly This sound can become quite loud when the wheels are just about to stop turning Listen at slow speeds for automatic Squealing Brake sounds and the final distinctive squealing sounds as the Quantum equipped Electric Locomotive slows to a stop 3 2 Controllable Sounds Horn The Quantum system uses authentic locomotive sounds whenever possible All Quantum horns are engineered by QSI sound experts to give you the most authentic effects If you blow the horn briefly you will produce a realistic short horn sound or hoot Some Quantum sound sets have special Horn endings which can be played by tapping the Horn button immediately after finishing horn operation Alternate Horn Some electric locomotives had two horns such as a country horn and city horn If your model has a alternate Horn Alternate Horn Se
169. changing the throttle will have little affect on the locomotive s speed Instead you use the throttle to control Sound of Power effects When you approach a grade under Heavy Load increase the throttle and hear the locomotive produce heavy laboring sounds When the locomotive goes down a grade reduce the throttle to hear the locomotive drop to light laboring sounds You control labored sounds by how much the throttle is increased or decreased from its initial position where Heavy Load was turned on 1 Press F9 and hear one short hoot when Heavy Load is turned on You can apply Heavy Load as soon as you start moving or wait until you are up to speed 2 Press F9 and hear two short hoots when Heavy Load is turned off Before turning Heavy Load off return the throttle to its initial setting where Heavy Load was turned on to avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration Heavy Load can only be turned on or off in Forward or Reverse If turned on it will remain on in Neutral If you want it off when you start out from Neutral turn it off immediately after increasing the throttle Heavy Load is automatically turned off when track power is turned off Under RTC and Heavy Load grades tight curves or other real loading effects will have little effect on the speed of the train But under STC and Heavy Load grades curves loading etc will affect the train speed 20 This feedback can be disabled via CV51 2 bit 3 al You can turn Heavy L
170. comotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F5 A Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F5 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F5 We Dynamic Brakes are affected by F5 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F5 q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F5 65 Write bit operation is supported for CV 39 66 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 68 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F5 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F5 Bit 6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F5 4 Audio Mute is affected by F5 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F5 le Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F5 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO
171. comotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F11 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F11 Output 13 Number Board Lights 0 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F11 iR Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F11 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F11 1 Cab Lights are affected by F11 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 81 267 15 Dec 2007 4 15 CV 46 Output Location for F12 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F12 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F12 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F12 Default Value 10000000 128 CV 46 Output Location for F12 Register with Factory Default Features Alternate Horn Heavy Load Squealing Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mute Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Brakes Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Brake Set Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the
172. compatible operation by all manufacturers with each other s products These standard CV s relate to operations that are common to all DCC products such as ID numbers speed steps and acceleration and deceleration rates Many model railroad products today and a much larger number in the future require manufacturer unique CV s to configure their product s special features The command structure and protocols for changing and retrieving manufacturer unique CV values are standardized through the NMRA but the individual manufacturers specify the meaning of the CV values The NMRA has provided a number of CV s for manufacturers to use in configuring their own products CV s 49 through 64 and CV s 112 128 Instead of filling up the available manufacturer unique CV s in a linear or chronological order QSI uses an indexing system which organizes these CV s in a meaningful way Two of the available manufacturer unique CV s are used as indices to expand some of the remaining CV s into 256 register one dimensional tables or into 256x256 register two dimensional tables CV 49 is the Primary Index PI and is used for accessing up to 256 registers of a one dimensional table Primary Index CV 49 0 CV X Register 0 1 CV X Register 1 2 CV X Register 2 3 CV X Register 3 CV X Register n 255 CV X Register 255 CV 52 is an example of one of the CV s implemented as a one dimensional table CV 50 is the S
173. coupler is Armed where you will hear the clanking sound of the coupler lift bar and coupler pin raising The next is Firing the coupler where you hear the opening of the coupler with the hiss of the air lines parting The third sound occurs when the locomotive couples up to its load of cars and you hear the Coupler Crash as all the cars bunch together from the impact Low Idle Low Idle is used on prototype locomotives to maintain a warm and ready locomotive with a minimum of fuel consumption The special Low Idle sound has a lower base throb and is less harsh than the normal idle Locomotive Shut Down Extended The Air Pumps will turn off as will Directional Lighting followed by the sounds of the Cooling Fans shutting off the Louvers closing the Diesel Motors shutting down and finally the engineer s door opening and closing Locomotive Start Up Extended The engineers door will open and close followed by vents opening the Diesel Motor starting up the Air Pumps starting up and the locomotive entering normal operation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 210 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Il Gas Turbine Operation Prototype Design and Operation Introduction The Veranda Gas Turbines were powerful locomotives developing 4 500 horsepower with 138 000 Ibs of tractive effort at start up As a point of comparison the N amp W J 4 8 4 steam locomotive provided 80 000 Ibs and the largest steam locomotive the UP Big Boy provided 135 000 I
174. cted to large resistor grids in the roof By increasing the resistive load on the traction motors the traction motors become harder to turn and act as brakes for the locomotive The electric power generated by turning the traction motors is dissipated as heat in the resistor grid These resistor arrays get quite hot and require cooling When Dynamic Brakes are turned on in the Quantum equipped Diesel locomotive the Diesel Motor sound drops to notch 1 and the Dynamic Brake cooling fan sounds come on Since dynamic brakes are relatively ineffective at low speeds the Dynamic Brakes sounds will shut off automatically below 8 smph 13 skph Coupler To give you the most authentic coupler sounds QSI has identified three distinct types of coupler activity The first is when the coupler is Armed where you will hear the clanking sound of the coupler lift bar and coupler pin raising The next is Firing the coupler where you hear the opening of the coupler and the hiss of the air lines parting The third sound occurs when the locomotive couples up to its load of cars and you hear the Coupler Crash as all of the cars bunch together from the impact Low IdleLow Idle is used on prototype locomotives to maintain a warm and ready locomotive with a minimum of fuel consumption The special Low Idle sound has a lower base throb and is less harsh than the normal idle Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 206 267 15 Dec 2007 Electric Locomotive Sounds 3 1 Automatic So
175. ction state turns the front number board lights on Example 3 want explicit rear number board lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear number board lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 102 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 1 bit O to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 103 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 139 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 9 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front marker lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 104 Automatic Front Marker Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Marker Lights 105 Front Marker Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Marker Lights On Off The front marker lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 104 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front marker lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the front marker lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 104 1 Feature 104 has precedence over Feature 105 When the Feature 104 function state is 1 the Feature 105 f
176. d Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 126 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 4 CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 0 CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 127 267 If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe n
177. d g g to F3 see QSI CV 37 example No Service Mode but programming on the main is easy and straightforward Digitrax Yes Yes FO Lights F1 Bell F2 Horn DT300 will operate in Service mode but will not read back value Long address is automated with the DT300 and DT400 throttles which properly writes CVs 18 17 and 29 Click to the 4 digit mode set address and answer yes to the enable 4 digit address prompt It also automatically resets CV 29 if you return to 2 digit address An exception is the obsolete DT100 throttle which will only program Quantum decoders in Ops Mode Use QSI CV 56 129 to program either CV 1 or CV 17 18 Note that the DT100 only programs in hex except for addresses which are in decimal This makes it easy to enter address in Ops mode We have qualified the following Digitrax systems with Quantum decoders all support FO F 12 Super Chief with DT400 Zephyr with DT400 DCS100 with DT400 Chief with DT400 See Digitrax for more information on QSI compatibility at www digitrax com MRC Yes No MRC does not provide a separate programming function All programming is done in Ops mode with no acknowledgement feedback A resistor is included to limit current for a Programming Track which may limit the current below the allowable level for Quantum decoder programming For the Quantum system the resistor may be left out For other decodes the user should follow the MRC i
178. d the locomotive is muted you will immediately notice the change in Mute Volume Note The effective Mute Volume level will be the smaller of the Mute Volume setting or one half the current System Volume In other words the effective Mute Volume will never be more than one half of the System Volume Enable Disable Doppler Shift from Whistle Signal Interrupt and Enable Disable Turbine Diesel Transition from Coded Horn CV 51 2 e SetCV49to2 e Set CV 51 to the value indicated in the table below An X in the table indicates that the feature will be enabled The default is 3 both features are enabled Doppler from Horn Turbine Transition from Decimal Value Binary Value Hex Value Signal Coded Horn 0 00000000 00 x 1 00000001 01 x 2 00000010 02 X X 3 00000011 03 Changing Individual Sound Volumes CV 52 X To change the volume of individual sounds listed in the table on the next page do the following e Set CV 49 to the Primary Index for the individual sound from the table below e Enter Volume level in CV 52 as follows 0 No sound 1 15 Sets volume from the lowest value at 1 the highest volume at 15 The volume levels are in 2db increments 130 If your DCC command station will not program in Service Mode check with the command station manufacturer some companies will give you a free upgrade Also see Special Operation and Troubleshooting on page 215 131 In Ops Mo
179. de you will hear the value spoken out when changing the value of a CV 132 X refers to the value in column 1 of the table the Primary Index number put into CV 49 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 226 267 15 Dec 2007 Individual Sound Volumes for CV52 PI Primary Index entered into CV 49 Sound Default 0 Horn 11 8 Bell 11 10 Diesel Motor 11 13 Turbine Whoosh 11 15 Turbine Whine 11 16 Air Pump 11 19 Diesel Motor Cooling Fans and Vents 11 21 Long Air Let off 11 22 Short Air Let off 11 24 Squealing Brakes 11 28 Dynamic Brakes 11 34 Coupler Sounds 11 37 Air Brakes 11 Standard Throttle Control Speed Control and Regulated Throttle Control Options CV 56 4 e Set CV 49 to 4 e Set CV 56 to 0 for Standard Throttle Control 1 for Regulated Throttle Control The default is 1 Note CV 2 CV3 CV4 CV 5 and speed tables apply to both Standard and Regulated Throttle Control Reset All CV s to Factory Default Values CV 56 128 255 Note This does not affect Analog settings except for volumes e SetCV 49 to 128 e Set CV 50 to 255 e Set CV 56 to 113 134 In Ops mode you will hear Reset when reset is completed Special Procedure for Short or Extended Address Programming CV 56 129 If you cannot program your Short or Extended ID number in Service Mode and your DCC command station prevents you from setting either of these addresses in Ops Mode using CV 1 or CV 17 and C
180. detected by Quantum as a change in level to 1 and activates B Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 248 267 15 Dec 2007 This method of activating features also prevents inadvertent operations of Transition Activated features when changing directional state and allows the user to assigned any type of feature to Neutral and F Function Groups Instead of the Function Commands being sent out as individual commands they are sent out in groups to the selected locomotive Function Group One sends out the commands for Functions FO or FL and F1 F4 Function Group Two sends out the commands for either Functions F5 F8 or F9 F12 Some decoders do not send out function groups until there is a change to one of the functions within that group For instance the controller may have Functions 1 3 and 4 turned on set to 1 s while Functions 0 and 2 are off set to 0 s When the user changes Function 2 to on then Function Group 1 is transmitted to the locomotive with the entire set of bits for all functions FL and F1 F4 This normally does not cause a problem if the locomotive had previously received all of the function settings at the last transmission However if the locomotive s function states do not match the controller the user can expect other functions to respond besides the one that is being changed For instance if the FL command is registered as on 1 in the locomotive while it is shown as off 0 at the DCC controller then sen
181. detection 11 Packet Time Out Value R Y 1 12 Power Source Conversion O N 13 Analog Mode Function Status O N 14 Reserved by NMRA for future use 15 Reserved by NMRA for future use 16 Reserved by NMRA for future use 17 Extended Address O Y 0 CV 17 and 18 form a paired CV CV 17 must be written first followed by CV 18 18 Extended Address O Y 0 See above 19 Consist Address O Y 0 20 Reserved by NMRA for future use 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 O Y 0 22 Consist Address Active for FL and O Y F9 F12 23 Acceleration Adjustment O Y 0 24 Deceleration Adjustment O Y 0 25 Speed Table Selection O Y 2 Linear 26 Reserved by NMRA for future use 27 Reserved by NMRA for future use 28 Reserved by NMRA for future use 29 Configuration Data 1 M Y 6 28 speed step mode Power Source Conversion enabled 30 Error Information O N May be used in the future but not currently needed 31 Configuration Data 2 O N Reserved by NMRA for future use 32 Configuration Data 3 O N Reserved by NMRA for future use 33 Output Location for FL f O Y 1 By default set to directional lighting 34 Output Location for FL r O Y 3 By default set to directional lighting 35 Output Location for F1 O Y 4 By default set to bell output 36 Output Location for F2 O Y 8 By default set to whistle output 31 Changes are not allowed The PWM is already optimized for Quan
182. ding a command to turn on the bell F1 would have the additional effect of turning off the lights To complicate the above problem some controllers do not reset their function settings when a new locomotive is selected Pressing any function key will send out a set of function commands that were selected for the previous locomotive which may not be what the operator wants for the newly selected locomotive Understanding how function groups operate can explain our Quantum 1 Directional Lighting specification and why we have made changes to Q1a Why Does QSI Now Choose to Have Directional Lights On by Default Quantum 1 originally had the Headlight off by default when a locomotive was selected To understand our reasoning consider the case where we have the lights on by default If the lights were on in the controller and any other function key were pressed in Function Group One then the lights would stay on this is certainly good However if the lights were off in the controller which is usually the case when starting up and the user pressed some other function key in Function Group One like the horn or bell then the lights would turn off He would then need to turn the lights back on This can be distracting especially with Steam Locomotives that have a very distinctive turn on and turn off Dynamo sound effect The observer would see and hear the lights come on by default then turn off when he pressed some other function key like the
183. due to the DCC command station and locomotive having different initial states for F6 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 225 267 15 Dec 2007 DCC Programming for the Gas Turbine Most DCC command stations currently available will program Quantum equipped locomotives in Service Mode 30 on a programming track or Operations Ops Mode on the main track In Service Mode your locomotive if queried will report back CV values to your command station In Ops Mode reports are verbal using the locomotive sound system Changing the System Volume Electronically in CV 51 0 You can change the volume either manually as described in the Special Operation and Troubleshooting section or electronically using QSI CV 51 0 in DCC To change volume in Service or Ops Mode do the following e SetCV 49 to 0 131 e _ Enter the System Volume in CV 51 The System Volume can be set to any value between 0 no sound and 127 100 The default System Volume is 127 Note When you change the System Volume in Ops Mode you will immediately notice the change in volume Note System Volume changes in DCC also apply to Analog and vice versa Changing the Mute Volume Electronically in CV 51 1 To change the Mute Volume in Service or Ops Mode do the following e Set CV 49 to 1 e Enter the Mute Volume in CV 51 The System Volume can be set to any value between 0 no sound and 63 100 The default Mute Volume is 0 Note When you change the Mute Volume in Ops Mode an
184. e 11111111 binary FF hex 255 decimal CV 55 137 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 165 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 17 CV 55 138 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 3 The Multiple Automatic Lights 3 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 138 0 CV 55 138 2 and assign Feature 138 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 138 is assigned to output 14 F12 in CV 53 By default Multiple Automatic Lights 3 controls the automatic Front and Rear Cab Lights CV 55 138 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Ditch Reserved Mars Reverse Headlight Lights Light Light 70 84 76 73 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 138 1 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear Front Reserved Reserved Rear Front Rear Front Step Step Marker Marker Number Number Lights Lights Lights Lights B
185. e s actual speed and comparing with the locomotive s reported speed One method involves comparing the actual distance the locomotive travels with the distance it reports it travels Using a Commerical Speedometer Measure your locomotive s speed using a device similar to one available from http www tonystrains com products tdp assoc_speed htm For best results get your locomotive up to the desired speed and put the locomotive into Heavy Load by pressing F9 Under Heavy Load the locomotive acts as if it has enormous inertia and will speed up or slow down very little under varying track conditions Have the locomotive report its speed from time to time You may want to write these numbers down and compute an average IR This CV is currently available only in Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 173 267 15 Dec 2007 Adjust CV56 9 as discussed above until the measured speed matches the locomotive s reported speed Using a Stopwatch Use a tape measure to measure a distance on your layout Mark a start point and a stop point For best results get your locomotive up to the desired speed and put the locomotive into Heavy Load by pressing F9 Under Heavy Load the locomotive acts as if it has enormous inertia and will speed up or slow down very little under varying track conditions Have the locomotive report its speed from time to time You may want to write these numbers down and compute an average When the
186. e We have included a separate whine sound in the Quantum System which can easily be heard during the transition from diesel to turbine sounds and which is almost buried in the Turbine Whoosh sound when the turbine is on the line Vents and Cooling Fans The Cummings diesel motor and generator enclosed in the Gas Turbine cab need ventilation to stay cool All diesel locomotives have powerful cooling fans on the roof to draw outside air through louvers on the sides of the locomotive When Cooling Fans start you will also hear the sounds of Louvers opening When Cooling Fans shut down you will hear the Louvers close after the fans have quit Air Pumps When a locomotive is sitting still the pumps come on in a steady beat to replace the air lost from the brake air release or any other air operated appliances Once the pressure is up the pumps only turn on occasionally to maintain the pressure Air Pumps are operated directly from the Diesel Motor or from two electric motors when the turbine is on the line Air Pumps are quite noticeable when turned on in a non moving locomotive in Diesel Mode You will also hear the Air Pumps come on soon after the Horn is operated to maintain the air pressure Appliance Air Release Compressed air is used on locomotives for operating various appliances You will hear either a Short Air Let off or Long Air Let off at various times Brake Squeal You can hear the brake squeal on prototype locomotives when
187. e 1 minute sequence above TC Switch can be moved to position 4 e Diesel motor shuts down e Turbine alternator takes over to supply auxiliary ac power to all ac motors e Turbine is on the line and locomotive is ready for operation Setting Turbine Speeds Under normal conditions turbine speed is adjusted for idle speed of 5 175 rpm using rheostat R while having the turbine running in TC4 TH IDLE RH OFF and SR OFF To adjust top speed install reverse handle throttle up to notch 13 slowly and adjust rheostat R14A Top speed is 6900 plus or minus 70 rpm Moving the Locomotive Under Gas Turbine Power e Move reverse handle to FORWARD or REVERSE depending on direction desired e Move selector handle to MOTORING position M1 or M2 position as required Note The Selector Handle sets the turbine at idle in motor position M1 or full turbine operation M2 e Make sure handbrake is released e Advance throttle handle as quickly as possible to the position that starts locomotive Observe limitations of loadmeter and do not permit notching guide pointer to make prolonged indications in the RED band Reduce throttle position if necessary e Operate locomotive according to loadmeter and notching guide limitations Stopping the Locomotive e Move throttle handle to IDLE and apply air brakes e f leaving engineers position move selector and reverse handles to OFF Dynamic Brakes e When Selector Handle is moved
188. e Automatic Lights 1 controls the automatic Headlight Reverse Light Front and Rear Mars Lights and Ditch Lights CV 55 136 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Ditch Reserved Mars Reverse Headlight Lights Light Light 70 84 76 73 e Default value 11111111 binary FF hex 255 decimal CV 55 136 1 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Byte 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear Front Reserved Reserved Rear Front Rear Front Step Step Marker Marker Number Number Lights Lights Lights Lights Board Board 114 112 106 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 136 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal Example My DCC controller has limited number of function keys and want to be able to turn all the lights on and off with a single function key FO What can do to accomplish this Solution Set CV 55 136 1 to 255 and set CV 55 136 2 to 255 Since the Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature is assigned to FO by default FO will now
189. e Bell Bit 6 3 12 CV 22 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 Sets whether the FL r or FL f keys and F9 F12 keys are enabled when a locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID Default Value CV 22 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 Register 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 4 F11 Bit 3 F10 F9 Bit 5 0 F12 e Ifa 0 is placed in bits O through 5 that function key is disabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Ifa 1 is placed in bits O through 5 that function key is enabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Any 1 placed in bits 6 or 7 will be ignored e FL in the Forward Direction is controlled by bit 0 FL in the Reverse Direction is controlled by bit 1 e This CV and CV 21 are useful for disabling certain features for Helper locomotives within the Consist Only the Lead Locomotive should have operational Directional Lighting Helpers should have their Directional Lighting disabled F9 Heavy Load and Shut Down are recommended for all Helper types in a Consist since Heavy Load should apply to all locomotives or none at all otherwise there would be fighting between locomotives that have Heavy Load enabled and those that do not Similarly the F9 Shut Down key should apply to all locomotives in Consist or none at all F10 Status Report should be disabled for a
190. e Factor CV 56 10 Speed Steps 11 12 33 34 47 48 51 170 176 235 Speed Step Mode 14 28 128 00 cece cecccssccessceseeeeteeeseeenseees 51 Troubleshooting Speed Table Selection CV 672 ee lese 49 CV 29 Dt A RRA ee i a EO 52 Speedometer Readout ccceccceescceeseecessneeeeeseeeeseeeeeeteeeeseaeees 20 Squealing Brakes 13 18 100 205 207 209 252 Description eene 203 204 205 206 207 209 210 Troubleshoot niiin inienn enge 235 VOLUME e A A ean eee ANS 95 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes ccccecesscceeseeceeeteeeeeee 100 102 Standard Throttle Control STC 12 52 170 Troubleshoot ne sete 2 242822 382er 235 StandbV nase kanns RE TARAS 21 23 Start UP nen 13 21 23 44 101 102 251 253 Description enosn 204 205 207 208 209 210 Status Report aerenca ra a EO 13 20 101 102 252 Configuration CV 55 178 0 STC see Standard Throttle Control 20004 nenn 12 Step Lights 2 sans gangennnuesn 100 101 Automatic Step Lights 98 99 165 Configuration engine Initial Staten i eeii ain ate aeee iE System Configuration CV 56 0 System Volume CV 51 0 oo ee eccccecceseecessneeeeeeeeeesteeeesteeeeteneees Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 266 267 T Table Binary Hexadecimal Decimal Conversions 261 CV 29 Common Settings
191. e Horn is also a binary feature which we assign to F2 as its factory default function key When the F2 key is activated then 1 s are sent and the horn sound comes on The Horn will continue to blow until the F2 key is In pressed again to produce 0 s whereupon the horn sound feature will turn off and stay off Some command stations have a horn button that can be pressed to operate the horn effect The Horn sounds when the horn button is pressed and then turns off when the horn button is released However the horn button is a custom feature on those DCC controllers and does not act like a normal F2 function key The horn button is designed to generate 1 s whenever the horn button is pressed and held down and send 0 s when the horn button is released Hence while the Horn seems like a Momentary Feature when using the horn button it is actually a Binary Toggled Feature Other Binary Features on Quantum include Bell Mute most lighting features Air Brakes Dynamic Brakes and Blower Fans If function keys are used to active a binary feature QSI now uses Level Activation as the preferred signaling method for most Binary Features Although Binary Features only have two states there are a number of variations on how these are controlled State Dependent Binary Features Features may also change their state depending on other inputs besides function signals The status of some Binary Features may change when power is
192. e another way that we could accidentally operate a feature We could make the change to a feature assigned to an output in one directional state and after we change to a new directional state we operate some other function within the same function group For instance in the above example we could turn on the Bell in Forward Reverse with a level 1 Function Input signal followed by operating the Horn in Neutral Now when the common function group Function Group 1 command packet is sent it will also change the function input for Output 3 and would turn on the Number Board Lights However the above rule still applies since the function input did not change it remained at level 1 and hence its output did not change In order for the operator to turn on the Number Board Lights in this case he would need to send a level 0 function followed by a level 1 function to Output 3 while in Neutral The main difficulty with mixing different features in Neutral and Forward Reverse is that the status of the function at the command station or handheld does not match the expected associated behavior of assigned toggled features This is compounded by state dependent toggled features where other inputs can change the status of a feature independent of the function commands and also by Transition or Pulse Activated toggled features where the function input level has no bearing on the feature status While an operator may not know what the status of some features are
193. e are no speed changes above a certain throttle settings Check your speed step setting on your base station To get 1 smph you need to be in 128 speed steps Try a different speed curve or define your own to provide full range of throttle motion My locomotive operates with no problem in DCC but does not operate at all under Analog control Make sure Analog operation is enabled CV 29 bit 2 must be set to 1 My Lionel Gas Turbine will not operate over 25 smph under RTC or Speed Control This is correct for diesel operation This is an internal limit on top speed when the locomotive is under diesel operation The prototype would not travel over 25 mph under diesel power Switch to turbine operation to gain higher speeds F8 key on Digitrax does not mute the locomotive The Digitrax DT400 model we examined behaves incorrectly when the F8 key is pressed sending 1010DDDD instead of 1011DDDD Ask Digitrax for a Software Upgrade The F7 Key does not apply brakes Make sure your throttle is at speed step zero before applying brakes Also earlier Quantum systems only required that the F7 be pressed to trigger the brakes Later Quantum decoders required F7 to be on 1 before brakes will apply If F7 was already on when the throttle was turned down it will not automatically apply brakes Pressing it would turn F7 off 0 so Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 235 267 15 Dec 2007 a second pressing w
194. e assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 75 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 76 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 77 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 76 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F9 1 Audio Mute is affected by F9 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F9 Ni Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F9 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F9 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F9 Output 13 Number Board Lights 0 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F9 iR Altern
195. e next powerup and store the value read in long term memory The stored value is then used to calibrate future Internal Temperature readings Note after setting this CV power off your locomotive and let it set for several minutes to cool down Then power the locomotive up at which time the Internal Temperature will be calibrated for the room temperature value in CV56 32 0 The internal temperature can be read out as part of the F10 status report by setting CV55 178 0 bit 3 to 1 The locomotive s firmware continuously monitors the internal temperature If the internal temperature exceeds 90 degrees Celsius the horn hoots and a high temperature motor shutdown is executed The locomotive stops and the internal temperature is announced every 10 seconds After a high temperature shutdown occurs the locomotive must be powered off before normal operation can resume 117 B i j 5 2 The internal temperature feature is currently only available in G Scale and O Scale locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 187 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 10 CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default PI 128 Use this CV to reset CV s to factory default values Default Value NA CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use the Secondary Index to select a range of CV s Only those CV s in the selected range will be reset those CV
196. e stopped locomotive which would also have caused the locomotive to accelerate at its current DCC momentum value to its DCC speed setting Since the DC portion is powered from the DCC signal there are no short circuit problems between the DCC powered section and the DC section as the locomotive wheels pass over the track insulators In addition since the Quantum locomotive is equipped with large filter capacitors the reduced power of half wave rectification will not affect the power available to operate the locomotive so there is minimal slow down effect Also if the train is made up of a series of Quantum locomotives in a Consist and the polarity is set to stop the train each locomotive in turn will couple the DCC signal through to the DC section until the last locomotive has passed over the boundary only then will the entire Consist come to a stop The above diagram is simplified to make it easy to describe the basic concept Switch 1 can be a relay powered by a train detector on the next block to do automatic train control In addition Switch 1 could have extra contacts to control red and green signals for the actual block signal Switch 2 could also be part of a relay network for all DC blocks to disable or enable block signal operation D1 and D2 should be rated at 2 amps minimum and have a breakdown voltage of 30 volts or more Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 260 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Xl Binary Hexadecimal Decimal Conversions
197. e value of a Standard NMRA CV 1 2 3 Write the number of the CV to CV 64 The decoder will respond something like C V three five equals four If the decoder responds something like C V three one but not followed by equals and a value that means that the CV in this case CV 31 is not implemented e To hear the locomotive speak the value of a QSI Unique CV 1 Determine the Primary Index for the value you want to know If a Primary Index is required write the Primary Index number to CV 49 Determine the Secondary Index for the value you want to know If a Secondary Index is required write the Secondary Index number to CV 50 Write the number of the QSI CV to CV 64 The decoder will respond something like C V five two point eight equals five If the decoder responds something like C V five two point 1 but does not follow this with equals and a value this means that the CV in this case CV 52 1 is not implemented e Writing either 17 or 18 to CV 64 will produce a verbal response indicating the full value of the Extended Address e The overall System Volume determines the volume for these verbal responses If you cannot hear the Ops Mode verbal responses you will need to turn up the System Volume see CV 51 0 e If you cannot hear verbal responses during Ops Mode programming check to see if you have activated the Mute feature e CV62 bit 2 controls whether decoder speaks out the CV nu
198. e whistles worked best in areas where it was necessary for the sound to carry a long way while the horn was more useful in the city or fogy areas where it was easier to tell the location of the locomotive by its higher pitched sound Some diesels and electric locomotives used two horns for similar reasons The Alternate Horn Selection key allows you to choose between two Horn sounds on selected diesel or electric locomotives or between a Whistle and a Horn on steam locomotives e Press the Alternate Horn Selection key F11 to select between the alternate Horn and the primary Horn or the Whistle Hear a short hoot to indicate which one has been selected e Operate the selected Horn or Whistle with the F2 key Note The feedback hoots can be disabled enabled in CV51 2 Note Setting F11 to 1 selects the primary Horn or the Whistle Setting F11 to 0 selects the alternate Horn Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 20 267 15 Dec 2007 1 18 Three Stages of Shut Down Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Neutral Locomotive Shut Down has three distinct stages each entered by double clicking or double pressing the F9 Key Stage One Disconnect 1 In Neutral double press F9 to enter Disconnect You will hear a Long Air Let off which represents the pneumatic reverse lever on a Steam locomotive being placed in the Neutral position or the Diesel transition level being placed in the off or disconnect position Your locomotive s moto
199. ead Reverse and Mars Lights on off Directional Head Reverse and Mars Lights on off F1 Bell on off Bell on off F2 Horn or horn with Doppler Effect see below Horn on off F3 Coupler Crash Coupler Fire Coupler Arm or Coupler Fire F4 Cooling Fans on off Cooling Fans on off F5 Dynamic Brake function on off Dynamic Brake function on off in Disconnect only F6 Initiate Doppler Effect Start Up F7 Squealing Brake Flanges and Air Brakes Toggle Diesel or Gas Turbine modes F8 Audio Mute on off Audio Mute on off Directional Headlight Reverse and Mars Lights are assigned to Multiple Automatic Lights 1 122 It does not need to be F6 any function or speed command for a locomotive that is not in Shut Down will activate the locomotive 123 Neutral sounds also include Cooling Fans with Vents opening and closing that turn on and off randomly 124 Because of the limited power of the Cummings diesel top speed for a prototype in Diesel mode was less than 25 mph Quantum operation under Regulated Throttle Control RTC will also limit the top speed to 25 smph see Regulated Throttle Control on Page 5 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 219 267 15 Dec 2007 Function Key Forward and Reverse Neutral F9 Heavy Load on off Disconnect Standby Shut Down F10 Locomotive s Speed Report Status Report F11 Multiple Automatic Lights125 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 F12 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Multiple Automatic Lights 3
200. ease Your model s top speed is also limited by the track voltage If your command station cannot supply sufficient voltage at high speed steps the locomotive will run slower than the throttle indicates CSC is a big improvement over STC but may not work well when locomotives are in Consists or are used as mid train helps or pushers and the locomotives are slightly mismatched in speed calibration A locomotive that tends to go slightly faster than 35 smph tries to pull the locomotive that tends to go slightly slower than 35 smph up to speed and applies more power to do so The locomotive that tends to go slightly slower than 35 smph tries to slow the locomotive that tends to go slightly faster than 35 smph and reduces power to do so The result is that the slightly faster locomotive does all the pulling work while the slightly slower locomotive is dragged along Under CSC the following CV s have no meaning and are not used CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables 108 CV56 4 1 was the setting for Speed Control and CV 56 4 2 was the setting for RTC on early Quantum 1 factory equipped locomotives 109 Both CSC and BEMFSC are not available in Q1a or Q2 firmware due to threatened litigation from Mike s Train House MTH 110 Because of the way the NMRA has set up speed steps the actual scale speed is 1 smph less than the speed
201. eature 112 function state is 1 the Feature 113 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 112 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 113 function key presses Feature 113 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 112 has precedence over Feature 113 If the Feature 112 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 112 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 148 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 11 1 CV 55 112 0 Front Step Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Step Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 112 0 Front Step Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 113 112 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Front Step Lights Activate Feature 112 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Step Lights On Feature 113 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 112 and 113 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 112
202. econdary Index SI and is used together with the Primary Index for accessing up to 256x256 registers of a two dimensional table Primary Secondary Index CV 50 Index CV 49 0 1 2 3 aie 255 0 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 m 0 255 1 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 m 1 255 2 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 m 2 255 3 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 m 3 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 84 267 15 Dec 2007 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register n O n 1 n 2 n 3 n m n 255 255 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 255 0 255 1 255 2 255 3 255 m 255 255 CV 53 is an example of one of the CV s implemented as a two dimensional table Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 85 267 15 Dec 2007 5 2 CV 49 QSI Primary Index Use CV 49 to specify the Primary Index for a CV that is implemented as a one dimensional or two dimensional array Default Value 0 CV 49 Primary Index Register PI Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB P7 P6
203. ectional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL f 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL f Bit 2 Output 3 Bell 0 The Bell is unaffected by FL f 1 The Bell is affected by FL f Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by FL f 4 Horn Whistle is affected by FL f 48 Write bit operation is supported for CV 33 49 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 50 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 56 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by FL f 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by FL f Bit 5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by FL f 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by FL f Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by FL f a hi Dynamic Brakes are affected by FL f Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by FL f ea les Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by FL f
204. ed Performance at Lower Speed Steps Place locomotive on a level section of track at least a few feet in length Set V Start CV 2 to 0 Set locomotive Throttle Mode to STC in CV 56 4 Set throttle to speed step 8 Unless your track voltage is very high your locomotive should be stopped Increase CV2 in increments until the locomotive starts to move Decrease CV2 until the locomotive stops Use this value for your CV2 setting Return to RTC in CV 56 4 With this CV 2 setting notice that your locomotive s minimum speed is maintained between speed step 0 and speed step 8 If the locomotive does not increase at speed step 9 you may want to increase CV 2 slightly See Appendix VI for additional information on operating your locomotive at minimum speed under RTC 111 Speed step 8 is an arbitrary choice It maintains a reasonable speed step range that ensures that variations in track voltage settings locomotive wear in and others factors do not prevent the locomotive from obtaining a minimum speed at lower speed steps Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 172 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 4 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim PI 9 Use this CV to change the mapping of BEMF to scale MPH Default Value 128 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO This CV determines the relationship between the measured BEMF of the motor and the spe
205. ed of the locomotive in smph The content of this CV is interpreted as X 128 which means a CV value of 128 is equivalent to a Trim Factor of 1 0 The locomotive announces the speed of the locomotive in Forward or Reverse in a verbal status report You can trigger the status report by pressing F10 The locomotive s speed can be announced in either scale miles per hour or scale kilometers per hour To have scale kilometers per hour announced set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 The factory default value for CV56 9 is 128 which represents 1 0 If your locomotive is reporting speeds that are too slow or too fast you can correct this by increasing or decreasing the value of this CV For example suppose that your locomotive reports that it is moving 30 mph but that you measure its speed by some other means to be 35 mph To correct this set CV56 9 to 149 The 149 is arrived at by the following calculation Measured_Speed Reported_Speed Current_CV56 9 35 30 128 1 167 128 149 Suppose that now the locomotive reports that it is going 36 mph when it is actually going 35 mph You can further adjust the mapping by setting CV56 9 to 145 according to the calculation Measured_Speed Reported_Speed Current_CV56 9 35 36 149 0 972 149 145 5 8 4 1 Calibrating BEMF to SMPH Here are three ways you can calibrate your locomotive s BEMF to SMPH mapping Two methods involve measuring your locomotiv
206. ed will manually activate Squealing Brake sounds and repeated pressings while the Squealing Brake sounds are occurring will continue the sounds uninterrupted Note If you slow the locomotive too quickly the brake sounds will terminate abruptly when the locomotive stops and enters Neutral Note If you lower your throttle to speed step 0 on a moving locomotive the F7 key will apply Air Brakes to slow the locomotive See next section Dynamic Brakes F5 The prototype Gas Turbine locomotive has dynamic brakes that cause the train to slow down by using the traction motors in generator rather than motor mode This method of braking dissipates the energy of a moving train by converting it to electrical power which is then applied to a large air cooled resistor load in the locomotive e Pressing the F5 key in Forward or Reverse will set the locomotive Diesel Motor or Turbine sound to idle at the lowest Sound of Power setting and turn on the powerful Dynamic Brake cooling fans e Pressing the F5 key in Neutral and Disconnect see Shut Down above will turn on the Dynamic Brake Fans while Diesel Motor sounds remain at idle Dynamic Brakes automatically turn off when entering or leaving Neutral when locomotive speed drops below 7 smph 11 skph 26 or when the throttle is turned up Dynamic Brakes cannot be turned on in Forward or Reverse unless the locomotive is traveling over 8 smph 13 skph Note In contrast to Air Brakes F7 Dynamic Brakes do
207. eeeees 12 RTC Minimum BEMF CV 56 5 ccccccssccssscsseceseeesseeeseeeeseeesees 172 Rule 2 lsc tees E E O A E ee a tes 11 S Scale see also Locomotive Scale c cccssccceeseceeeteeeeenteeeeeeee 186 Scale Miles per Hour smph oe Speedometer Report 0422440ssssenssnnnenssnnnennennennnnnennnnnne Secondary Index SI CV 50 0 0 0 eee eceseceetteeeeeeees 29 84 87 96 Service Mode Troubleshooting 3 220 nen 237 Short Address see also Primary Address 22442440 0000 31 Short Ar LeOn ron n e a eE E Eaa dee 101 250 VO ME E erete ee eea ested dea TEE E E she 95 Shut Down 13 21 23 99 235 251 253 Deschptiong saseessteeniaseneee 204 205 207 208 210 Software License Agreement ccsecceseeesceseeteceeceeeeseeeeeeeeaes 262 Sound of Power 16 21 223 Sounds on Power Up cececcccsssecceseeceeneeeeesneeeeseeeeeeseeensteeeeees 168 Special Sound Effects Enable CV 51 2 00 0 eee cccesseeseeeeteeeteeeeee 90 Speed Control see Calibrated Speed Control 12 241 Speed CuUIVES nirio orerar ievenceuess DERESE AREARE 36 49 Fast Start CONVEX seinieni te i aeai Ei 49 50 Linear Recommendations cccccsesscccccessssssececeeceesssseeeceeeeesteees Slow Start concave 0 0 00 cece ecesceceeseceesteeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeee User Defined CV 67 94 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scal
208. eeesseeseeeees 72 Squealing Brakes cccccccssecceeseeceeseeeeeseeeceseeeesteeeeseee 18 23 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 264 267 F8 DopplenShift 2 22 82 ea tease vertave 102 Mute 2 222 2 2 8 2 38 29282 RER TRATEN AS 13 19 Output Location CV 42 ceeeeeeseeeesseesneenseeesneennennneennennnnennnen 74 F9 Heavy Load sahen ans 13 19 23 45 Output Location CV 43 Shut DOWN er eee iene Shutdown 222 nes aa Factory Default Settings es Feature Identification NUMDEIS cccccesccesescesecesseseeeeseeeeseees 98 Firmware Information ccccccccscccccssscccsssecessseeesssseeeessee 191 192 FL see also F f and F r FL Location CV 29 bit Traa TRAR REE s 51 E EESE E EN EE EAEE E eves cus sued sunveveeesouveneneenes Directional Lighting Output Location CV 33 ccc ccssecceseeceseteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeees Fl EEEE E E E E ET Directional Lighting Output Location CV 34 Forward FWD Forward Trim CV 66 Function Keys 2 2200 200 0 Active in Consist CV 21 22 FO F12 Standard ieceres eiii FO F8 Standard cnin 2 ren Features which can be assigned to Function Keys Common Assignment ccsscceeseceseceseeceteeeseeeeteeeeneens Function Group 1 cccccesssccccceeeesssseceeceeeeesaees 51 249 256 Function Group 2 249 256 Function Key
209. efault value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Mars Light dimmed you can observe the Mars Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 76 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 121 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 7 CV 55 76 SI Mars Light Examples Example 1 want the automatic mars light to be bright not strobing in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 76 1 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example 2 How will the mars light behave if set CV 55 76 0 to 00001111 binary OF hex 15 decimal Answer The automatic mars light is initially activated and the mars light intensity is controlled by the CV 55 76 1 settings If the automatic mars light is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 77 function state turns the mars light on and the Feature 79 function state makes the mars light strobe Example 3 want explicit mars light on off control at all times At startup want the mars light off until turn it on with a function key When the mars light is on it should strobe Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00001000 binary 08 hex 8 decimal Next remove the automatic mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 77 toa function output Ex
210. elatively ineffective a low speeds the Dynamic Brakes will shut off automatically below 8 smph and Steam Locomotive Chuff will return to normal Coupler To give you the most authentic coupler sounds QSI has identified three distinct types of coupler activity The first is when the coupler is Armed where you will hear the clanking sound of the coupler lift bar and coupler pin raising The next is Firing the coupler where you will hear the opening of the coupler and the hiss of the air lines parting The third is when the locomotive couples up to its load of cars and you hear the Coupler Crash as all the cars bunch together from the impact Locomotive Shut Down Extended A Long Air Let Off will first occur followed by the steam Dynamo revvin down and the Directional lights shutting off The Air Pumps will turn off followed by the sounds of Pop off Operating for about ten seconds and finally the Blower Hiss will shut off Locomotive Start Up Extended The Dynamo will rev up while the Headlight comes on gradually then the Cab Lights if available will turn on followed by the Air Pumps the Steam Blower will turn on and then the locomotive will enter normal operation 121 Some Steam Locomotives may not produce a Pop Off effect during shut down Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 204 267 15 Dec 2007 Diesel Sounds 2 1 Automatic Sounds Diesel Motor Rev The Quantum System allows Diesel Motors to be operated with all eight notches corres
211. em supports two kinds of throttle control RTC and STC STC or Standard Throttle Control is the familiar type of non load compensated throttle control where the locomotive operates at a requested power level set by the speed step value Under STC the locomotive reacts quickly to throttle changes voltage variations and slows down or stops when it encounters even small changes in loading Inertial Control is a Quantum algorithm that simulates inertia in a model locomotive When the locomotive is at rest it tends to stay at rest and when moving it tends to maintain constant momentum When you operate a locomotive under RTC you can feel the inertial control operation As an experiment try to resist a moving locomotive using your hand You will feel the locomotive trying to maintain its momentum and resist your hand attempt to slow it down If you continue to try and slow down the locomotive it will eventually lose speed and may even stop On the other hand if you push the locomotive with your hand you will feel it slowly speed up When you let go it will gradually slow down to its original speed In doing these experiments do not restrict the locomotive to the point of allowing the wheels to slip on the rail It is recommended that you do these experiments on a locomotive that has very good traction or you may not notice any slowing or increase in speed Throttle Control is a Quantum algorithm that responds to throttle settings as Power Commands instead o
212. en operating under Regulated Throttle Control Calibrated Speed Control or Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control PID is an acronym standing for Proportional Integral Differential Because model locomotives behave differently at different speeds we use four different sets of PID parameters within four different speed ranges Since BEMF is directly proportional to speed we classify these speed ranges in terms of BEMF ranges There are two PID parameters that you can set for each BEMF range We do not allow changing the Integral term 5 8 7 1 CV 56 18 SI PID Parameters for Very Slow Speed PI 18 SI 0 2 Default Depends on Values Locomotive CV 56 18 0 Proportional Gain for BEMF lt 7 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for very slow speeds for firmware this range is 0 lt BEMF lt CV56 5 5 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 18 2 Differential Gain for BEMF lt 7 0 lt BEMF lt 7 For Q2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bito D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for very slow speeds for firmware this range is 0 lt BEMF lt CV56 5 5 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2
213. en you press the direction key on your DCC throttle Locomotive Inertia Effects Your new locomotive is pre programmed at the factory to use Regulated Throttle Control RTC in DCC operation A model locomotive under RTC operates as though it has the mass and inertia of a prototype locomotive As a result your locomotive will resist starting up too quickly if at rest and will resist changes in speed once moving It takes a little practice to learn to move the throttle slowly and wait until the locomotive responds If you prefer that your locomotive respond almost immediately to the throttle it may be reprogrammed to use Standard Throttle Control STC in CV 56 4 Note Under RTC in Diesel Mode the locomotive will only travel up to 25 smph 124 any speed setting above 25 smph in Diesel Mode will not increase speed but will cause the motor sounds to be more labored The direction of your locomotive will change when you press the direction key on your DCC throttle Function Keys The following table lists features that have been pre assigned to your DCC function keys Operation of these keys can be different in the Neutral state locomotive stopped and the Motive states locomotive moving in Forward or Reverse After you have selected your locomotive simply press any of the function keys listed below to produce the described effects Function Key Forward and Reverse Neutral FO or FL or Headlight Directional H
214. ernal Temperature is announced in degrees Celsius The spoken temperature value is followed by the spoken phrase degrees C See CV56 32 0 for temperature calibration information e Ifbit4 1 the Odometer distance traveled is announced in scale miles followed by the word miles If you want the distance reported in kilometers set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 See CV58 1 x for more information on the odometer feature 102 The Internal Temperature feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware 103 The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 167 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 CV 56 PI SI QSI Configuration Use CV 56 to access Quantum Configuration settings CV 56 is implemented as a two dimensional table of registers Some rows of this table have only one register and require the use of CV 49 only Other rows require both CV 49 and CV 50 to select the configuration registers 5 8 1 CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration Pl 0 Use this CV to configure the Quantum system Default Value CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration Register 104 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 0 D5 D4 D3 0 D1 DO Bit0 Sounds on Power Up 0 On power up the locomotive s sound system will turn on only when a valid DCC Ops Mode packet addressed to the locomotive is received 1 On power up
215. es Using DC Power Conversion for Block Signal Control CV 29 Bit 2 1 Applications for DC Power Conversion Block Signal Control DCC Power Conversion as described under CV 29 bit 2 was implemented into Quantum decoders in a way that allows for simple block signal control Using DC power conversion allows the operator to enable a red signal light to stop a train smoothly using its internal momentum settings without having to use the throttle If Bit 2 1 for CV 29 a DCC controlled locomotive will automatically engage DC Power Conversion when it enters a section of track that is powered with standard DC If the polarity would normally power the analog locomotive in the direction it is going when it enters the DC section the locomotive will continue through the DC block at the same speed If the polarity would normally power the locomotive in the Reverse direction the locomotive will smoothly come to a stop in the DC section The diagram below shows a DCC section connected to a DC section of track The DC section is powered from the DCC power signal rather than from a separate power supply or battery For this application it is only necessary to insulate the one rail as shown by the two insulated rail joiners at either end of the DC section the other rail is electrically connected to the DCC section by conductive rail joiners swi SPDT Switch DCC AC Power D1 A B t LOL sw2 SPST Switch DCC Section Conducting Rail
216. es to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the front number board lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 100 1 Feature 100 has precedence over Feature 101 When the Feature 100 function state is 1 the Feature 101 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 100 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 101 function key presses Feature 101 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 100 has precedence over Feature 101 If the Feature 100 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 100 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 132 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 7 1 CV 55 100 0 Front Number Board Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Number Board Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 100 0 Front Number Board Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 101 100 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automati
217. esrsrsrereerersrsrees Extended Address CV 17 18 Alternate Ops Mode Procedure Troubleshooting eisein oiiae ia F1 Output Location CV 35 F10 Output Location CV 44 oo ec eeccecsccseccsseesseessseesseeesseeeseeeaes 78 Status Report F11 F12 LABS ess a O A ee itedad ees 13 Output Location CV 46 00 0 ccccsccesteccesseeeceseeeesteeeeetneees 82 F2 Horn Whistleri ia a ER a 13 15 Output Location CV 36 eee cceccesseccesseeeeesteeeesteeeeeeaeees 62 F3 Bell on some DCC controllers c ccccsscceeseeceeeseeeeeteeeeeeneees 15 Coupler Sounds Output Location BT esnean ar a NE E a EE 64 F4 Blower and Fans iii 2 0 scsssesscecccevdecsaeetsccusvessceonicesisescgetieccdesvaavecenes 13 Output Location CV 38 eee cceseceeteeeeeseeeesseeeeeeeeeesaees 66 F5 Dynamic Brakes oseese este 13 16 Output Location CV 39 ee eccceccesteceesseeeceeeeensteeeeeeeeees 68 F6 Doppler Shift eare Je 228 13 17 23 Neutral Sos ee ces 036k hades ns unse 23 Output Location CV 40 0 cece ecscceseccsteesseeseseeeeeeeseeeseeeeee 70 Stat Ups psec a a e RR a R 13 21 23 90 F7 Ee E E A EA AEE AAA E 13 18 Troubleshooting sissie nssisosioriresn isiro iiinis 235 Cylinder Cocks Arm 2220cssssesssseessnsnnnennenennnnnen 13 18 23 Gas Turbine Diesel Transition cccccccccccceessssseeeeeees 13 221 Output Location CV 41 oo cece ecccesccseeeseesseeess
218. ess Usually 3 e Press Loco then 3 then Enter Program On the main the new Long Address e Press PROG until Po and the Loco s address is shown on the LCD e Press right turn knob down until it reads ad4 e Type in desired four digit address and press Enter Loco verbally responds with CV 18 XXXX where XXXX is the four digit address Once the long address is programmed you must enable the locomotive to use it Enable the Long Address e Next press the right turn knob until it reads ad2 000 e Scroll with left knob until you get to O29 turn right knob until readout 029 034 press Enter locomotive says CV 29 34 e Press Exit to leave program mode Select Loco with the new Long Address e Press LOCO and enter new long address to run locomotive Returning to the Short Address Select the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above e Press Loco then the Long Address then Enter Program On the main to Enable the Short Address e Press PROG until Po and the Loco s address is shown on the LCD e Scroll with left knob until you get CV29 scroll with right knob until you get 029 002 press Enter locomotive verbally responds with CV 29 2 e Press Exit to leave program mode Select Loco with the Short Address e Press LOCO and enter Short Addres
219. ess to 5344 See example under CV 17 and 18 1 22 3 6 Your locomotive s Long ID is now 5344 and ready to operate Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 Set CV 50 to 17 decimal 00010001 0x11 Set CV 56 to 212 decimal 11010100 0xD4 which is the MSB for your address you will hear no verbal feedback Set CV 50 to 18 decimal 00010010 0x12 Set CV 56 to 224 decimal 11100000 OxE0 which is the LSB for your address Hear CV one seven equals five three four four Set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00100010 0x22 for Extended Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 190 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 12CV 56 254 About Quantum Decoder PI 254 Use this CV in Service Mode to read back information about your Quantum locomotive Use CV 50 to select among the data bytes to retrieve Default Value NA Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Information from this CV is retrieved in Service Mode as a response to VERIFY_BYTE or VERIFY_BIT operations e To select which byte of information to retrieve write data to CV 50 as follows 2 Retrieve Hardware Profile High Byte 3 Retrieve Hardware Profile Low Byte 4 Retrieve Product Model High Byte 5 Retrieve Product Model Low Byte 6 Retrieve Firmware Minor Version Number 8 Retrieve Firmware Build
220. et CV 50 to 17 Enter CV 17 Most Significant Byte as a Decimal Binary or Hex number required by your command station You will hear no verbal response Next enter CV 18 Least Significant Byte as a Decimal Binary or Hex number Hear the new full address spoken back Change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow operation with your new Extended Address see CV 29 The following table shows examples for some common train numbers Just follow the procedure above when entering CV 17 and CV 18 ID Number CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB Dec Dec Hex Hex Binary Binary 3985 207 145 CF 91 11001111 10010001 3989 11001111 10010101 3708 11001110 01111100 Example 1 Set your locomotive s long address to 3985 Also see example under CV 17 and 18 1 2 3 6 Your locomotive s Long ID is now 3985 and ready to operate Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 Set CV 50 to 17 decimal 00010001 0x11 Set CV 56 to 207 decimal 11001111 OxCF which is the MSB for your address you will hear no verbal feedback Set CV 50 to 18 decimal 00010010 0x12 Set CV 56 to 145 decimal 10010001 0x91 which is the LSB for your address Hear CV one seven equals three nine eight five Set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00100010 0x22 for Extended Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Example 2 Set your locomotive s long addr
221. expect that the 1 function setting to affect the feature assigned to that directional state We require that an actual change in function setting be detected in the Quantum locomotive before a feature can be activated This sometimes requires two operations of the function before the feature is affected one operation to match the internal Quantum function level and one to activate the feature For example imagine we had two State Dependent Level Activated features A in Neutral and B in Forward that were both controlled by the same function signal X where X is continually transmitted If function X is used to turn on Feature A in Neutral X and Quantum function level set at 1 and then the locomotive is changed to Forward the question is what will happen to Feature B If Feature B was already set to on Quantum function level set at 1 there is no conflict since X is still set at 1 Feature B stays at its current setting If Feature B was off we would not want it to automatically respond to the function signal X that continues to transmit 1 when the locomotive changes direction Requiring that a change in X be detected in Quantum before the feature is activated allows independent operation of Feature B If B is already off 0 the operator first changes function signal X to 0 which then matches the function setting in Quantum and has no affect on feature B The operator next changes X to 1 which is
222. explicitly determines the percentage of full power applied to the motor as specified in a speed table Because the power applied to the motor is constant for a given throttle setting the speed of the locomotive will change under load such as climbing grades pulling a heavy train binding wheels or gears and poor track conditions In addition the speed of the locomotive will vary as a result of changes in track voltage caused by power pack resistance track resistance inconsistent or intermittent pickups and changes in motor load current Calibrated Speed Control CSC uses internal motor control electronics to vary the power applied to the motor in an attempt to maintain the same speed regardless of varying load or track voltage conditions In 128 speed step mode the locomotive s speed in scale miles per hour smph is equal to the throttle setting Default resolution is in 1 smph increments If your throttle is set at 35 the locomotive will go 35 smph In 14 or 28 speed step mode you need to multiply your throttle settings by 9 and 4 5 respectively to determine the locomotive s speed If CV 56 0 bit 1 is set to 1 the locomotive s speed in scale kilometers per hour skph is equal to the throttle setting Although some prototype locomotives can achieve 128 miles per hour most were not designed for these speeds Increasing the speed step above the fastest speed obtainable by your model locomotive will not produce additional speed incr
223. f Manual Ver 4 2 0 59 267 15 Dec 2007 4 4 CV 35 Output Location for F1 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F1 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F1 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F1 Default Value 00000100 4 CV 35 Output for F1 with Factory Default Features Boppl D i Blower Coupler Crash irecti irecti Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans a HOHEN Be Lighting Snare Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 QSI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 3 is the Bell Therefore by default F1 controls the Bell You can specify that F1 control any of Outputs 1 2 and 4 8 in addition to or instead of Output 3 Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F1 control the following features Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Output 1 Directional Lighting g q Output 2 Directional Lighting g 4 Output 3 Bell g u The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F1 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F1 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F1 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F1 The Bel
224. f Speed Commands These two features are the basis of Regulated Throttle Control RTC which results in a model that acts like the prototype RTC allows you to operate your locomotive under normal throttle control and at the same time provide operation as though the locomotive has huge inertia However unlike some motor control systems RTC is not speed control it is a true throttle control RTC does not maintain speed at some constant value independent of changing conditions To understand RTC we have included the following operation examples Example 1 Under RTC you will be able to run your locomotives very slowly without concern that it will completely stop from minor impediments such as misaligned track joints tight curves rough turnouts sticky gears etc or variations in track voltage Usually the locomotive will glide through these obstacles without slowing Even if a locomotive moving a minimum speed is stopped by a large raised track joint it may stop momentarily but will then climb over the obstacle Example 2 If your Quantum equipped locomotive under RTC encounters a grade it will eventually slow down You will need to provide more throttle just like the prototype to accelerate it back to speed What is different is how it responds to grades or other conditions that would normally stop your train A standard model locomotive under STC would very quickly slow down or stop when encountering a grade unless you rapidly increase the
225. f your Quantum locomotive has a value of 1 6 in this CV version 3 1 of the DCC Reference Manual more accurately describes your locomotive s firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 37 267 15 Dec 2007 3 7 CV 8 Manufacturer s ID This read only CV identifies QSI as the manufacturer or developer of the software used in the Quantum System Default Value 113 CV 8 Manufacturer s ID Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 e The value of this read only register is 113 which is the official NMRA designation for QSI as a manufacturer of DCC decoders Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 38 267 15 Dec 2007 3 8 CV 11 Packet Time Out Value The value in CV 11 is the maximum time the decoder will maintain its current speed without receiving a valid DCC packet Default Value 1 CV 11 Packet Time Out Value Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 N A N A N A D4 D3 D2 D1 DO If CV 11 has a non zero value and the locomotive receives no DCC packets addressed to the locomotive for that number of seconds then the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate specified by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral The usual Neutral Sounds will then be heard When DCC packets addressed to the locomotive are again received the locomotive will respond to the DCC packet commands addressed to the locom
226. ffer even slightly in speed calibration some of the locomotives do all the work while the other locomotives are dragged along Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC Under BEMFSC each speed step corresponds to a target BEMF value The locomotive adjusts the power applied to the motor so that the locomotive s measured BEMF matches the target BEMF Regulated Throttle Control RTC RTC combines the best of STC and Speed Control It is the preferred method when multiple heading Quantum locomotives together because it automatically equalizes power between locomotives Like Speed Control RTC allows you to run your locomotive at very slow speeds without concern that it will abruptly stop from minor impediments such as misaligned track joints tight curves or rough switches RTC operates your locomotive as though it has huge mass your locomotive will resist changes in speed once it is moving and will resist starting up quickly if at rest For further explanation of these four modes see CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode The default mode is RTC You can change to STC using CV 56 4 Quantum equipped locomotives will produce labored sounds under acceleration and lighter non labored sounds under deceleration The level of labored sounds is proportional to the value of CV 3 plus CV23 and of CV 4 plus CV24 and how much the throttle is increased or decreased Diesel locomotives produce louder motor sounds under acceleration and softer motor sounds under dece
227. fference in operation between the bell button and its corresponding function key Note Since the prototype used compressed air for horn operation you will hear the Air Pump sounds turn on after the Horn is operated Doppler Operation F6 With DCC you can trigger the Doppler Effect by quickly interrupting the horn signal in the same way as described under Analog Operation Or you can use the function key F6 assigned to the Doppler Effect e Start the Horn and or Bell by pressing and releasing their function keys e Press F6 to hear the Doppler shift A few seconds after the horn button is turned off with the F2 key the locomotive sounds return to normal Note If you do not turn on either Horn or Bell the Doppler shift will still occur but will be less dramatic Note If the Bell was on it will shut off prior to sounds returning to normal Squealing Brake and Flange Sounds F7 Quantum provides automatic brake squeal as a locomotive slows to a stop The operator can also control squealing sounds for continuous and variable brake sounds for protracted stops or to simulate the sounds of squealing wheel flanges on curved track e To enable Automatic Squealing Brakes operate the locomotive over 40 smph 64 skph Squealing brakes sounds will then sound automatically when the speed is reduced to less than 20 smph 32 skph Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 223 267 15 Dec 2007 e Pressing the F7 key when the locomotive is moving at any spe
228. function signals may not be continuously transmitted the status of a feature prior to to may not be known unless there had been a recent change to that function or to another function within the same function group Another advantage of Level Activated Features is that all locomotives in a Consist receive the same known command For instance if the horn feature is turned on all locomotives blow their horns or if the Mute Feature is activated all locomotives will mute their sounds or if directional lighting is turned off all locomotives shut down their directional lighting Transition Activated In this case the feature is activated whenever there is a transition from level 0 to level 1 or from level 1 to level 0 In the above middle figure example there would be a feature activation at tp and a second activation at t4 Since the feature is not responding to the logic level of the function signal the value of the logic level cannot provide any information about the status of the feature Pulse Activated Two transitions within a time period At is required for a Pulse Activated Feature to respond It makes no difference if the pulse starts at level O or at level 1 The figure above shows a transition from level 0 to level 1 followed by a return to level 0 all within the allotted time period At The advantage of a Pulse Activated feature is that it cannot be accidentally activated since two operations or presses of the function key are required
229. function state is 1 the Feature 107 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 106 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 107 function key presses Feature 107 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 106 has precedence over Feature 107 If the Feature 106 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 106 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 144 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 10 1 CV 55 106 0 Rear Marker Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Marker Lights features Default Value CV 55 106 0 Rear Marker Lights Initial State 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 107 106 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Rear Marker Lights Activate Feature 106 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Marker Lights On Feature 107 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 106 and 107 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 106 and 1
230. g F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 105 function state turns the front marker lights on Example 3 want explicit front marker lights on off control at all times At startup want the front marker lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 104 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front marker lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 105 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 143 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 10 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear marker lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 106 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Marker Lights 107 Rear Marker Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Marker Lights On Off The rear marker lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 106 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear marker lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the rear marker lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 106 1 Feature 106 has precedence over Feature 107 When the Feature 106
231. ghting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL r 1 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL r Bit2 Output 3 Bell 0 The Bell is unaffected by FL r 1 The Bell is affected by FL r Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by FL r 4 Horn Whistle is affected by FL r 51 Write bit operation is supported for CV 34 52 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 53 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 58 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by FL r 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by FL r Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by FL r 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by FL r Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by FL r a hi Dynamic Brakes are affected by FL r Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by FL r ea les Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by FL r Quantum DCC Re
232. ghts smoke generators and couplers All the Outputs are hardwired to the features meaning you cannot change which feature corresponds to an Output without rewiring the features For Sound Decoders like the first Quantum System only some of the Outputs were hardwired to a particular feature Many of the features require no external wires Examples of these internal features are bells whistles air let offs blower hiss and flange sounds On modern decoders even those features that do require external wires such as lights and smoke generators are not necessarily hardwired to any particular Output Outputs are now virtual and can be connected internally by firmware in the Quantum microprocessor to any physical driver such as a power output for a lamp or a controller for a smoke generator The connection between a virtual output and a physical feature is called a control port or simply port For consistency with NMRA definitions virtual outputs are called simply outputs A virtual output can be connected to more than one port For example the Multiple Automatic Lights 1 virtual output is by default connected to the Headlight Reverse Light and in some models a Mars Light Virtual outputs can be connected to different features depending on the directional state of the locomotive For example Output 8 is assigned to Doppler Shift in Forward and Reverse but is assigned to Locomotive Start Up in Neutral Bot
233. h of these techniques increase the number of features that can be operated with a limited number of function keys The above table shows Common Default Quantum Features Assignments in the second row Features assignments that operate only in Neutral are shown in parenthesis under the feature that operates in Forward and Reverse If no Neutral feature is shown the assigned feature shown will operate in all directional states Features are assigned to outputs in CV 53 Advanced Sound Decoders like the Quantum Decoders allow great flexibility in choosing which function keys operate which features However this flexibility can get you into trouble if misused For technical reasons too complicated to discuss here we recommend you follow the two rules below to avoid having your decoder behave in a confusing manner 1 In CV s 33 46 do not attempt to control the same Output with two or more function keys This means in the table above only one row in each column should have a 1 Yes we violated this rule for Output 1 and Output 2 where we have both FL f and FL r operating the Directional Lighting System This is an exception which does work for Directional Lighting using FL f and FL r In general it is not a good idea 2 In CV 53 do not assign the same feature to two or more Outputs 47 See Appendix VI Interaction of Function Keys Function Groups Function Inputs and Outputs and Feature Assignments for additional technical explan
234. has the Mars Light the Headlight will be off instead of Dim in all states except Forward where it will be Bright 11 Most Quantum 1 and Q1a Reverse Lights cannot be dimmed they only have bright and off settings In these cases Dim is equivalent to Off 12 Cylinder Cocks arming after Start Up and or after 25 seconds in Neutral can be set using CV 51 2 The settings in this CV apply to both Analog and DCC operation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 14 267 15 Dec 2007 1 7 Horn Whistle and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Some DCC controllers have separate horn whistle and bell buttons in addition to Function Keys assigned to horn whistle and bell operation The bell is usually assigned to F1 and the horn is usually assigned to F2 The F2 key behaves differently than the Horn button e Pressing F2 and releasing it will cause the horn whistle to come on and stay on until you press F2 again e Pressing the Horn button will blow the horn whistle only as long as you hold the button down There is no difference in operation between the Bell button and its corresponding function key Pressing F1 and releasing it will cause the bell to come on and stay on until you press F1 again Horns and whistles have start up and shut down effects and a short hoot record for short duration horn whistle blasts Some models have an additional fancy ending playing the horn whistle On these models you can activate the fancy ending by tapping the hor
235. he Louvers being closed and the engineer s door being opened and shut Steam Locomotives The Air Pumps will turn off followed by the sounds of Pop Off operating for about ten seconds the Cab Lights shutting off and finally the Blower Hiss will die out 2 To leave Total Shut Down double press the F6 key 22 Double clicking ensures that Shut Down stages are not entered or exited accidentally Doubling pressing is defined as two F9 presses within two seconds Note that the F9 key may have to be pressed three times the first time you use it due to the command station and locomotive having different initial states for F9 Pressing a Function Key will only produce a Short Air Let off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 21 267 15 Dec 2007 In Total Shut Down the locomotive will not respond to any function keys except the F6 Start Up Function Key described below and the F10 Status Key described above Total Shut Down allows you to take a locomotive off line turn off sounds lights ignore throttle and function commands except turn on independent of the operating session that is the locomotive will still be off line when power is reapplied for the next operating session If power is turned off at any stage of Shut Down Disconnect Standby or Total Shut Down or during a Shut Down procedure the locomotive will remember its last Shut Down stage and will power up in that Shut Down stage If Start Up is initiated during any of
236. he CAM odometer mode by setting CV56 0 bit 5 to 1 5 9 1 Odometer Reset Reset the odometer to 0 by writing 0 to CV58 1 0 Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV58 to 0 Actually a write of any value to CV58 1 0 CV58 1 1 or CV58 1 2 will reset the odometer to 0 In Ops Mode the locomotive will respond by saying Reset The odometer is also reset to O when all CV s are reset to factory default values 5 9 2 Ops Mode Odometer Read Out In Ops mode you can have the locomotive verbally read out the odometer value There are two ways to do this 1 Make the odometer reading part of the F10 status report by setting CV55 128 0 bit 4 to 1 Then whenever you press F10 the locomotive will soeak out the odometer value 2 Write 58 to CV64 1 0 CV64 is the CV Numeric Verbal Readout 119 The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 193 267 15 Dec 2007 Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV64 to 58 By either way the locomotive speaks out either the scale miles or the scale kilometers traveled to the nearest 0 01 of a scale mile or scale kilometer The default is miles If you want the locomotive to speak out the scale kilometers traveled set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 5 9 3 Service Mode Odometer Read Back The raw odometer value can be read back in DCC Service Mode These t
237. he Turbine Control Switch Light controls and monitors diesel motor and turbine operations Starting the Diesel Motor TC1 Move TC switch to position 1 and all necessary switches and breakers must be closed Close battery switch BVS Close breaker TB1 Turbine generator Diesel Start Close breaker TB3 Coolant pump Close breaker TB12 Diesel alternate field this breaker should normally be left closed The following sequence will happen oe ONS Coolant water pressure switch picks up Battery charge timing relay T BC picks up Fuel pressure relay FPR picks up MF TEMP lamp lights LUB PRS lamp lights Sequence relay T SQ picks up Fuel dump solenoid valve FDSV is energized Momentarily depress the locomotive start button ES a The diesel crank timing relay T DC picks up and remains closed for 20 seconds Engine cranks for 20 seconds and fires within this period b Ten seconds later battery charging power is supplied from diesel generator c After battery charging commences the motor driven train air compressors run to supply main reservoir air Also the diesel alternator is excited to furnish ac auxiliary power to necessary ac auxiliaries only At this time lights can be turned on Note The turbines diesel did not have an air start It was also started from the batteries The diesel motor can now be used to do hostling of the locomotive Because of the notoriously inefficient operation of the gas t
238. he reverse light on and the Feature 75 function state makes the reverse light dim Example 3 want explicit reverse light on off control at all times At startup want the reverse light off until turn it on with a function key When the reverse light is on it should be bright Solution First set CV 55 73 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic reverse light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 74 to a function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim the reverse light as well When first turn the reverse light on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 73 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic reverse light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 74 to a function output and Feature 75 to a second function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 114 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 5 CV 55 76 SI Mars Light Four features can be assigned to function keys to control mars light operation Feature Feature Name Use 76 Automatic Mars Light Activate 77 Mars Light On 78 Mars Light Dim 79 Mars Light Strobe Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Mars Light Explicitly turn the Mars Light On Off Explicitly specify the Mars Light be Dim Bright Explicitly turn on off Mars Light strobe The mars light intensity Off
239. he sequence listed below which takes about 3 5 minutes TCS lamp goes out Battery charging and motor driven air compressors nullified Diesel generator is coupled to traction generators G4 to crank turbine with diesel engine operating at idling speed When turbine reaches 10 15 percent of speed about 700 rpm a limited amount of diesel fuel is admitted to turbine Ignition is turned on Atomizing air is fed to turbine Turbine fires Generator main field is weakened Diesel engine governor is advanced to top speed Turbine accelerates toward top speed Generator G4 uncouples from diesel generator and turbine operates at IDLE speed Diesel engine returns to IDLE speed and diesel generator reconnected for battery charging and air compressor operation Turbine alternator furnishes power to traction motor blower motors amplidyne drive motors main lube pump motor Fuel Transfer TC3 When TCS green indicator lamp again goes on after the above 3 5 minute sequence finishes TC switch can be moved to position 3 The following then occurs over about one minute Turbine auxiliary generator dc takes over battery charging function and supplies control power Air compressors come on line Fuel transfer mechanism operates progressively to transfer fuel from diesel oil to Bunker C within 40 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 214 267 15 Dec 2007 Turbine ON THE LINE When TCS green indicator lamp relights after th
240. he state of each Automatic feature in each direction is shown in the table below for all locomotive types including steam diesel and electric Feature Function Key Forward Neutral from Forward Reverse Neutral from Reverse Headlight FO or FL Bright Dim Dim Dim Rear Tender Light FO or FL Dim11 Dim Bright Dim Mars Light FO or FL Strobing Steady On Steady On Steady On Ditch Lights FO or FL On Off Off Off Number Board Lights F11 On On On On Marker Lights F11 On On On On Cab Lights F12 Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Steam Blowers F4 Off after 10 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 10 seconds On after 10 seconds Vents amp Cooling Fans F4 On after 20 seconds off after 10 seconds On After 20 seconds Off after 10 seconds Cylinder Cocks12 F7 If armed plays Cylinder Cylinder Cocks armed If armed plays Cylinder Cylinder Cocks armed Cocks for 16 times or after 25 seconds Cocks for 16 times or after 25 seconds until speed exceeds until speed exceeds 12 smph 12 smph When an indicated function key enables an automatic light feature the associated lights operate according to the states shown in the table For instance enabling the Automatic Mars Light in Neutral will not cause the Mars Light to strobe since their automatic behavior would have them at a steady on setting in that directional state however it you then entered Forwa
241. he value Note If the CV has a Primary Index such as QSI CV n PI where n is the CV number and Pl is the Primary Index set CV 49 to PI before you set CV 64 to n For example if you want to inquire about the Diesel Motor Volume which is CV 52 10 set CV 49 to 10 and set CV 64 to 52 You will hear CV five two point one zero equals Y where Y is the current volume setting If the CV has both a Primary and Secondary Index such as CV n PI SI where SI is the Secondary Index set CV 50 to SI in addition to setting CV 49 to PI before you set CV 64 to n Note If you enter either 17 or 18 in CV 64 you will hear the full one to four digit Extended Address ID number spoken out Note Disabling Verbal Announcements CV 62 will not disable CV Inquiry CV 64 Common NMRA Configuration Values CV 29 Each bit in CV 29 controls some basic operational setting for DCC decoders including Extended Addressing Speed Table Enable Power Source Conversion Lighting Operation Locomotive Direction and others Quantum default for CV 29 is 6 The following table provides some of the more common values for CV 29 for the features indicated Extended Speed Power 28 128 Reversed Decimal Binary Value Hex Value Addressing Tables Conversion Speed Steps Direction Value X 2 00000010 2 X x 6 00000110 6 X X 18 00010010 12 X X X 22 00010110 16 X X 34 00100010 22 X X X 38 00100
242. her locomotives that do have Dynamic Brake sounds in multiple unit Consists e f an Electric locomotive does have Dynamic Brakes with resistor grids and cooling fans the locomotive will behave in a similar manner to Diesels Steam Locomotives Prototype Steam locomotives do not have Dynamic Brake sounds However the Dynamic Brake function has been included to make Steam locomotives consistent with other Quantum equipped locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Steam Exhaust Sound of Power to the lowest setting allowing the Steam locomotive to behave consistently with other locomotives that do have Dynamic Brake sounds in multiple unit Consists The Dynamic Brakes feature automatically turns off when entering or leaving Neutral or the speed of the locomotive drops below 8 smph or if the throttle is turned up The Dynamic Brakes cannot be turned on in Forward or Reverse unless the locomotive is traveling over 9 smph 14 It would be inconsistent for the Electric Locomotive to be working at full Sound of Power while brakes are being applied in other locomotives within the same consist 15 It would be inconsistent for the Steam Locomotives to be working at full Sound of Power while brakes are being applied in other locomotives within the same consist Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 16 267 15 Dec 2007 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse There are two ways to initiate the Doppler Shift effect 1 11 1 Horn Button
243. hree CV s contain the raw odometer value CV58 1 0 byte_0 low order byte CV58 1 1 byte_1 CV58 1 2 byte_2 high order byte The raw odometer value is thus Raw Odometer Value byte_0 byte_1 256 byte_2 256 256 The number of scale miles this represents depends on the Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 5 9 4 BEMF Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 0 For BEMF odometer mode the number of scale miles is Miles Raw Odometer Value 3600 From this we can calculate the maximum number of scale miles before the odometer rolls over Max_Miles 16777215 3600 4660 33 To convert to kilometers multiply the miles by 1 609 Kilometers Miles 1 609 5 9 5 CAM Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 1 For CAM odometer mode the number of scale miles is Miles Raw Odometer Value Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 The 4 is needed because there are 4 CAM ticks per wheel revolution The 12 is needed because there are 12 inches per foot The 5280 is needed because there are 5280 feet per mile PI is 3 1415926 Diameter is the Wheel Diameter read back from CV56 24 0 low byte and CV56 24 1 high byte The diameter is Diameter low byte high byte 256 This number represents the wheel diameter in units of 0 001 inch For example a value of 1000 represents a diameter of 1 0 inches Scale is the Locomotive Scale read back from CV56 25 0 low byte and CV56 25 1 high byte The scale is Scale l
244. ic LA Binary All 1 Auto On Lights 2 0 Auto Off 138 Multiple Automatic LA Binary All 1 Auto On Lights 3 0 Auto Off 144 Start Up PA Binary NFF NFR N A 145 Disconnect PA Binary NFF NFR N A Standby Progressive Total Shut Down Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 251 267 15 Dec 2007 176 Air Brakes LA Analog FWD REV 1 Progressive Air Progressive Brakes pressure release 0 Air Brake pressure reduction stopped 178 Status Report TA Momentary All N A 179 Heavy Load LA Binary FWD REV 1 Heavy Load On 0 Heavy Load Off 211 Coupler TA Momentary Arm In Neutral N A Progressive Only 215 Flanges Air Brakes TA Analog FWD REV N A Combination of 176 Progressive and 215 216 Squealing Brakes TA Momentary FWD REV N A 217 Air Pumps TA NFF NFR N A Momentary Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 252 267 15 Dec 2007 Quantum Default Features and Signal Types The following table shows our default feature assignments with feature ID shown in bold blue signal type and feature type shown in blue in blue in parenthesis LA Level Activated TA Transition Activated PA Pulse Activated Default FWD REV NFF NFR F Key FL f Multiple Automatic Lights 1 136 LA Binary Multiple Automatic Lights 1 136 LA Binary FL r Multiple Automatic Lights 1 136 LA Binary Multiple Automatic Lights 1 136 LA Binary Fi Bell 3 LA Binary Bell 3 LA Bi
245. ic Rear Number Board Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bitO 1 the rear number board lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear number board lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the rear number board lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the rear number board lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 138 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 8 3 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear number board lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 102 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the rear number board lights behave if set CV 55 102 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear number board lights are initially activated and the rear number board lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 102 1 settings If the automatic rear number board lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 103 fun
246. ich Function Input controls which desired Function Output Function Inputs cannot be connected to any Function Output For instance Function Inputs FL through F3 can only be connected to Outputs 1 through 8 see CV 33 37 The diagram shows the default connections between Function Inputs and Outputs In the description of each CV 33 42 the default Output is shown with gray background as an example see CV 41 on page 72 which shows the Output locations for F7 The default is Output 7 bit 5 and is shown with gray fill which corresponds to Output 9 The FL Function Key is special since it connects to two different Function Inputs depending on the locomotive s direction setting This is shown schematically in the diagram where the position of the single pole double throw switch SW1 is determined by the locomotive s direction FWD or REV In Forward or Neutral from Forward the switch SW1 is in the top position which connects the FL Key to the FL f input When the locomotive is in Reverse or Neutral from Reverse the SW1 would be in the bottom position which connects the FL f Key to the FL r Input The default Outputs for FL f and FL r are Out 1 and 2 respectively If the locomotive is in Forward or Neutral from Forward the FL key will affect the features connected to Out 1 If the locomotive is in Reverse or Neutral from Reverse the FL key will affect the features connected to Opt 2 Function Outputs 1 and 2 are generally used for d
247. ignal by releasing the function key and reapplying to produce the Doppler effect e Set data in Bit 1 as follows 0 Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is disabled 1 Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is enabled Default If Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is enabled then 4 short horn blasts in neutral will cause the Gas Turbine decoder to transition from Diesel to Turbine operation or from Turbine to Diesel operation e Set data in Bit 2 as follows 0 Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is disabled 1 Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is enabled Default If Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is enabled then the newly selected Horn sounds a short hoot when it is selected Only certain models have an Alternate Horn e Set data in Bit 3 as follows 0 Heavy Load On Off Feedback is disabled 1 Heavy Load On Off Feedback is enabled Default If Heavy Load On Off Feedback is enabled a single horn hoot is played when Heavy Load is turned on When Heavy Load is turned off two horn hoots are played e Set data in Bit 4 as follows 0 Cylinder Cocks are not automatically armed as a result of a Startup F6 operation 1 Cylinder Cocks are automatically armed as a result of a Startup F6 operation Default If this bit is 1 and a Startup F6 operation occurs Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive starts moving in FWD REV The Cylinder
248. imary Extended or Consist address This overlaps with the condition which triggers the CV11 Packet Timeout but CV51 5 is independent of CV11 and vice versa Either or both timeouts may be enabled and do not interfere with each other Example 1 Suppose CV11 10 and CV51 5 6 Suppose the locomotive enters neutral speed step 0 and the locomotive receives no packets other than Speed 0 packets After 60 seconds of this the locomotive s sounds are reduced to the CV51 1 Mute Volume Example 2 Suppose CV11 10 and CV51 5 6 The locomotive s speed corresponds to the last received Speed packet specifying speed step 30 The locomotive does not receive any valid packets addressed to one of its addresses After 10 seconds of this the CV11 Packet Timeout Value is exceeded and the locomotive automatically slows to a stop and enters neutral but the locomotive s sounds do not change in volume After the locomotive comes to a stop and after 60 additional seconds of receiving no valid packets addressed to one of its addresses the locomotive s sounds are reduced to the CV51 1 Mute Volume Example Set the Automatic Mute Timeout Value to 10 100 seconds 3 Set CV 49 to 5 4 Set CV 51 to 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 93 267 15 Dec 2007 5 5 CV 52 PI QSI Individual Sound Volume Control Use CV 52 to specify volume levels for individual Quantum sounds CV 52 Pl Individual Sound Volume Registers Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5
249. inder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F11 Zi Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F11 84 Write bit operation is supported for CV 45 85 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 86 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 87 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 88 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 80 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio MuteError Bookmark not defined 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F11 1 Audio Mute is affected by F11 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F11 Ni Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F11 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI lo
250. inder Cocks when it starts out The Cylinder Cocks will vent 16 times or until speed exceeds 12 smph Electric Traction Motors Under acceleration hear the traction motors rev up and strain as the Electric locomotive gains full speed Under deceleration the traction motors are not labored and rev down as the locomotive slows 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key Diesel Locomotives The prototype Dynamic Brakes found on most diesels cause the train to slow down by using the traction motors in generator mode This helps dissipate the energy of a moving train by applying electrical power from the traction motors to a large air cooled resistor load in the locomotive These resistor grids can get quite hot and require cooling by fans located on the roofs of the locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Diesel Motor sound to idle at the lowest Sound of Power setting and turn on the powerful Dynamic Brake Cooling Fans e Pressing F5 in Neutral does not turn the Dynamic Brake Fans on unless the locomotive is in Disconnect see F9 Disconnect below Electric Locomotives Early Electric locomotives did not have Dynamic Brakes However the Dynamic Brake function has been included to make Electric locomotives consistent with other Quantum equipped locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Electric Traction Motor Sound of Power to the lowest setting allowing these early Electric locomotives to behave consistently with ot
251. ing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 113 function state turns the front step lights on Example 3 want explicit front step lights on off control at all times At startup want the front step lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 112 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front step lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 6 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 113 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 151 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 12 CV 55 114 SI Rear Step Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear step lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 114 Automatic Rear Step Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Step Lights 115 Rear Step Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Step Lights On Off The rear step lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 114 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear step lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the rear step lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 114 1 Feature 114 has precedence over Feature 115 When the Feature 114 function state is 1 the
252. ion State State x 0 Off 0 1 Bright 1 1 Dim Feature 70 has precedence over Features 71 and 72 If the Feature 70 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 70 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 71 has precedence over Feature 72 If the Feature 71 function state is 0 the Feature 72 function state is ignored If the headlight cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 105 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 3 1 CV 55 70 0 Headlight Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Headlight features Default Value CV 55 70 0 Headlight Initial State 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature 72 71 70 Function Function Function State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Headlight Activate Feature 70 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Headlight On Feature 71 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Headlight Dim Feature 72 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 70 71 and 72 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 70 71 and 72 function states to be set to the values i
253. ion you can increase the scale factor to 33 1 03 to slightly decrease the number of chuffs per revolution If your locomotive supports CV56 13 use CV56 13 instead of this CV for fine tuning the chuff rate Note We recommend that you set the chuff rate at some speed value greater than 2 smph 113 All QSI equipped steam locomotives since 1 July 04 support CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor and it is available on all version 6 software which includes all Life Like and the BLI PRR K4 C amp O Texas and all following models Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 177 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 6 CV 56 13 Chuff Interval Trim PI 13 Use this CV to adjust the time between BEMF synchronized chuffs Default Value CV 56 13 Chuff Interval Trim Register 128 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO This byte specifies a scale factor used to determine the amount of time between BEMF synchronized chuffs This is inversely related to the chuff rate or the number of chuffs per wheel revolution the larger the scale factor more time between chuffs the slower the chuff rate fewer chuffs per wheel revolution The content of this CV is interpreted as X 128 which means a CV value of 128 is equivalent to a scale factor of 1 0 Use this scale factor to fine tune the chuff rate For example if your locomotive chuffs a little slower
254. irectional lighting effects and are usually assigned to the FL f and FL r Inputs respectively which are the Quantum default settings Although each Function Input is shown connected to only one Output there is no restriction in connecting an Input to more than one Output This can be useful if it is desired to control two our more features at the same time For instance it might be desired to have the Bell turn on at the same time the Reverse Light is turned on by the FL r Key or to have Ditch Lights operate at the same time the Horn is activated Since there are only fourteen Inputs and fourteen Outputs if more than one Output is connected to an Input there may be unused Inputs Of course the unused Inputs could be connected to other Outputs that are already assigned but this is not recommended Because there is more than one Input controlling an Output it is unclear which Input has control The software is written such that the common Output would be on if any of its Inputs are on In other words the Output is off if and only if all connected Inputs are off Outputs that are not connected to a Function Input are always off 147 In other words the Inputs to a common Output are OR ed Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 256 267 15 Dec 2007 Outputs and Features The box labeled CV 53 with black arrow pointing up indicates that this CV determines which feature is connected to which Output CV 53 also allows different features or a
255. ive slows to a stop Quick Locomotive Start Up All diesel locomotives have a quick Start Up and Shut Down effect when a locomotive is selected Protracted turn on effects are available when locomotives are in Total Shut Down see Controllable Sounds below 2 2 Controllable Sounds Horn The Quantum system uses authentic locomotive sounds whenever possible All Quantum Horns are engineered by QSI sound experts to give you the most authentic effects If you blow the horn briefly you will produce a realistic short horn sound or hoot Some quantum sound sets have special Horn Endings which can be played by tapping the Horn button immediately after finishing horn operation Alternate Horn Some diesel locomotives had two horns such as a country horn and city horn If your model has an alternate Horn Alternate Horn Selection is assigned to function key F11 Bell North American Diesel locomotives usually have pneumatically operated mechanical bells During turn on in Neutral you will hear the pneumatic clapper gain greater throw with each stroke until it finally strikes the bell During shutdown in Neutral you will hear a Short Air Let off followed by the bell sound fade out as the pneumatic clapper slows down just like the prototype Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 205 267 15 Dec 2007 Doppler Run by The locomotive s sounds get louder as the train approaches then immediately drop to a much lower pitch and lower volume as the
256. ivers power through a single reduction gearbox to drive four traction generators an auxiliary generator and a turbine alternator The traction generators are excited by four amplidyne exciters and furnish power to eight traction motors Power is controlled in 20 steps by the main handle of the master controller There are four independent power circuits each consisting of a traction generator and two traction motors The following connections are obtained during locomotive operation 1 Series connected traction motors full field 2 Series connected traction motors shunted fields 3 Parallel connected traction motors full field 4 Parallel connected traction motors shunt fields Transitions are automatically controlled as a function of locomotive speeds While the field current was determined as a function of speed the series parallel connection of the motors was determined by selection handle The choices of the selection handle were OFF at the left followed by motor position M1 motoring position M2 and BRAKE to the right The turbine alternator is a three phase six pole machine driven by the turbine and supplies power to the a c auxiliary system The auxiliary generator driven by the turbine furnishes power for d c auxiliaries and battery charging when turbine is running and on the line Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 212 267 15 Dec 2007 Operation The Turbine Control Switch TC has four positions and along with t
257. know or publish for the rest of the railroad community Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 184 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 8 CV 56 24 SI Wheel Diameter PI 24 SI 0 1 Use this CV to specify the locomotive s wheel diameter to 0 001 of an inch Default Value NA The wheel diameter requires 2 bytes CV56 24 0 is the least significant byte and CV56 24 1 is the most significant byte CV 56 24 0 Wheel Diameter Low Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 56 24 1 Wheel Diameter High Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO The wheel diameter low byte high byte 256 This 16 bit number represents the wheel diameter in units of 0 001 inch For example a value of 930 represents a diameter of 0 930 inches You would set CV56 24 0 to 162 and CV56 24 1 to 3 according to the calculation Low byte 930 modulo 256 162 High byte 930 256 3 This CV is used with CV56 25 Locomotive Scale when calculating the distance the locomotive has traveled when the odometer mode CAM 15 The CAM Odometer feature and this CV is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 185 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 9 CV 56 25 SI Locomotive Scale PI 25 SI 0 1 Use this CV to specify the locomotive s scale Defaul
258. l Index Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e In Service Mode to determine the number of bells available 1 Set CV 49 to 3 2 Set CV 50 to 0 3 Then read back CV 55 e In Ops Mode to determine the number of bells available 1 Set CV 49 to 3 2 Set CV 50 to 0 3 Then set CV 64 to 55 to hear a verbal response Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 103 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 1 2 CV 55 3 1 Bell Select Your Quantum Decoder may have more than one type of prototypical bell sound Use CV 55 3 1 to choose from the available bell sounds 100 1 Default Value CV 55 3 1 Bell Select Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use CV 55 3 0 to determine N the number of prototypical bell sounds available e Set CV 55 3 1 to a number from 0 to N Selection 1 is the original prototypical bell for this model selection 0 is Feedback Bell e f you set CV 55 3 1 to a value larger than N the decoder will revert to 0 the Feedback Bell e f you set CV 55 3 1 to 1 N in Ops Mode and the locomotive s bell is ringing the newly selected prototypical bell will begin ringing immediately 100 The default for some European models is 0 because their prototype did not have a bell 101 Feedback Bells produce a single light ding when
259. l When Automatic Rear Number Board Lights is Number Board activated Rear Number Board Light intensity Lights changes automatically in response to changes to locomotive s directional state See CV 55 102 x Automatic Rear 114 All When Automatic Rear Step Lights is activated Step Lights Rear Step Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 114 x Automatic 73 All When Automatic Reverse Light is activated the Reverse Light Reverse Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes in the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 73 x Bell 3 All When on the bell rings continuously Some bells have both start up and shut down sounds See section 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key See also CV 55 3 x Blow down 13 NFF NFR Blow Down produces a sound sequence of venting water steam and residue that collects at the bottom of the boiler The length of the Blow Down sequence is random Blow Down sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Blower Hiss 8 All See section 1 9 Steam Blower Hiss and Cooling Fans F4 Key Cooling Vents 8 All See section 1 9 Steam Blower Hiss and Cooling and Fans Fans F4 Key Coupler 211 All See section 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds
260. l is unaffected by F1 The Bell is affected by F1 Output 4 Horn Whistle The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F1 Horn Whistle is affected by F1 g u 54 Write bit operation is supported for CV 35 55 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 56 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 60 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F1 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F1 Bit 5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F1 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F1 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F1 a hi Dynamic Brakes are affected by F1 Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F1 4q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 61 267 15 Dec 2007 4 5 CV 36 Output Location for F2 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F2 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F
261. leave your Steam locomotive in Neutral for at least 25 seconds and then slowly turn up the throttle the locomotive plays Cylinder Cocks sounds as it starts moving The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph The direction of your locomotive changes when you press the direction key If the locomotive was moving at the time you pressed the direction button the locomotive slows at a speed determined by the deceleration setting in CV 4 come to a complete stop and then accelerates in the other direction as determined by the CV 3 acceleration setting CV 3 and CV 4 are described in the section Programming Configuration Variables Locomotive Directional States Quantum locomotives have four distinct Directional States Forward FWD If the locomotive is set to the Forward Direction and is moving it is in the Forward state Neutral from Forward NFF If the locomotive is set to the Forward Direction and the throttle is turned down to zero speed step and the locomotive is stopped it will be in a Neutral State called Neutral from Forward Reverse REV If the locomotive is set to the Reverse Direction and is moving it is in the Reverse state Neutral from Reverse NFR If the locomotive is set to the Reverse Direction and the throttle is turned down to zero speed step and the locomotive is stopped it will be in a Neutral State called Neu
262. lection is assigned to function key F11 Bell North American Electric locomotives and Diesel locomotives as well as larger Steam locomotives usually have pneumatically operated mechanical bells Small Steam locomotives often have hand pulled bells During turn on in Neutral you will hear the pneumatic clapper gain greater throw with each stroke until it finally strikes the Bell During shutdown in Neutral you will hear a Short Air Let off followed by the Bell sound fade out Doppler Run by The locomotive sounds get louder as the train approaches then immediately drop to a much lower pitch and lower volume as the train passes by With a little practice you can activate the Doppler Effect exactly when and where you want Doppler pitch change is based on the speed of the locomotive so the sounds change more dramatically when the locomotive is running faster After the Doppler shift has occurred and the horn is no longer being blown the Bell shuts off automatically and the locomotive sounds return to normal Flanges When a train enters a curve the flanges on the wheels tend to ride up on the inside of the rail and squeal Recreate this squealing effect by pressing and releasing the Squealing Brakes Flanges function key quickly and repeatedly as necessary Air Brakes When a prototype trains brakes are applied air is released from the brake lines to reduce the pressure The more the pressure is reduced the greater the braking You will hear a con
263. lectric Cooling Fans F5 Dynamic Brakes Dynamic Brakes F6 Doppler Shift Locomotive Start Up F7 Squealing Brakes Flanges and Air Brakes Steam Cylinder Cocks Arm Diesel Long Air Let off Electric Long Air Let off Gas Turbine Diesel Transition F8 Audio Mute Audio Mute F9 Heavy Load Shut Down Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down F10 Status Report SMPH Status Report ID s etc F11 Alternate Horn Selection Alternate Horn Selection Number Board or Marker Lights on off Number Board or Marker Lights on off F12 Automatic Cab Lights Automatic Cab Lights 5 The FL Key is labeled FO Headlights Lights or Directional Lighting on some DCC controllers 6 FL f and FL r activate deactivate the automatic behavior of the Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Directional Lighting regardless of which direction the train is moving 7 If the prototype did not have a bell the bell feature is not assigned to F1 and no other feature is assigned in its place 8 Early Q1 BLI and Lionel locomotives used F9 for Cruise Control which was only available on locomotives equipped with Speed Control 9 There are three stages to Shut Down You double click the F9 key to advance to each stage Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 13 267 15 Dec 2007 1 6 Automatic Features Automatic Quantum Features depend on the directional state of the locomotive Automatic Control can be enabled or disabled by their indicated function keys T
264. leration Steam locomotives produce louder chuffs under acceleration and softer chuffs under deceleration Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 12 267 15 Dec 2007 1 5 Function Keys Quantum decoders support the 0 12 Function Key standard as now accepted by the NMRA the old 0 8 standard is not supported 1 5 1 Common Feature Function Key Assignments The following table lists features that have been pre assigned to your DCC Function Keys for common operation across the different types of Quantum locomotives Check the Operation Manual that comes with your locomotive to see which of these common features are offered or what additional custom features have been included These common features are described in detail in the following sections Notice that some keys operate different features in Forward Reverse than in Neutral F Key FWD REV NFF NFR FL f Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Light Directional Lighting Light Directional Lighting FL r Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Light Directional Lighting Light Directional Lighting F1 Bell on off if assigned Bell on off if assigned F2 Horn Whistle w Doppler Shift Horn Whistle F3 Coupler Crash Coupler Fire Coupler Arm Enable or Coupler Fire F4 Steam Blower Hiss Steam Blower Hiss Diesel Fans and Louvers Diesel Fans and Louvers Electric Cooling Fans E
265. ll Helper types in a Consist since it would be difficult to hear the verbal announcement if more than one locomotive announced its status at the same time Features for Function keys 11 and 12 are usually reserved for Number Board Lights and Cab Lights It is recommended that Cab Lights be disabled and Number Board Lights be enabled At times F11 and F12 are reserved for custom appliance sounds or operations for the different locomotive types Steam Diesel or Electric such as steam Blow Down etc It is recommended that these functions be disabled for all Helper types except the Lead Locomotive to avoid confusion Check your individual models to determine which features are assigned to F11 and F12 40 An End Helper is the last helper in a consist 41 Write bit operation is supported for CV 22 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 45 267 15 Dec 2007 e The following recommended values are for locomotives that have factory default values assigned to FL Outputs see CV 53 Features that are different in the Neutral State are shown with parentheses i e Heavy Load Shut Down means Heavy Load is only operable in Forward and Reverse and Shut Down is operable only in Neutral Recommended value of CV 22 for a Lead Locomotive in a Consist N A N A Cab Lights Number Board Lights SMPH Report Status Report Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down Directional Lighting Directional Lighting N A Bit 7
266. ll blow for 30 or more above the locomotive This happens most often when the locomotive is sitting still since the fire continues to build up steam that is not used The Quantum Pop off sound comes on for random lengths at random times in Neutral Steam Water Injector The water used to make steam is replaced by water injectors operating at high pressure to overcome the elevated pressure in the boiler The sound of rushing water and steam hiss ends with a distinctive valve shut off This sound comes on for random lengths of time and occurs randomly when the locomotive is in Neutral Steam Boiler Blow Down As water evaporates minerals and other residues settle to the bottom of the boiler The fireman opens a valve to vent this material through a large pipe under the side of the cab onto the ground Quantum s Blow Down sound occurs at random in Neutral for varying lengths of time Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 203 267 15 Dec 2007 1 2 Controllable Sounds Whistle The Quantum System uses authentic locomotive sounds whenever possible All Quantum Whistles are engineered by QSI sound experts to give you the most authentic effects If you blow the Whistle briefly you will produce a realistic short Whistle sound or hoot Some locomotive models have special Whistle Endings to allow the whistle to be played when desired Bell Steam locomotives may have either pull bells or pneumatic operated mechanical bells With pull bells you
267. lly in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 104 x Automatic Front 100 All When Automatic Front Number Board Lights is Number Board activated Front Number Board Light intensity Lights changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 100 x Automatic Front 112 All When Automatic Front Step Lights is activated Step Lights Front Step Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 112 x Automatic 70 All If Automatic Headlight is activated the Headlight Headlight intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 70 x Automatic Mars 76 All If Automatic Mars Light is activated the Mars Light Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 76 x Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 98 267 15 Dec 2007 Automatic Rear 118 All When Automatic Rear Cab Lights is activated Cab Lights Rear Cab Lights turn off in Forward Reverse after 15 seconds and turn on in Neutral after 10 seconds See CV 55 118 x Automatic Rear 106 All When Automatic Rear Marker Lights is activated Marker Lights the Rear Marker Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 108 x Automatic Rear 102 Al
268. locomotive passes the start point start the stopwatch When the locomotive passes the stop point stop the stopwatch Calculate the locomotive s speed as Distance_Traveled Time Remember to convert your Distance_Traveled to miles and the Time to hours and multiply by the appropriate scale factor for your model e g 29 for Aristocraft G Scale For example if the Distance_Traveled is 40 feet 6 inches and the Time is 1 minute 30 seconds then the SMPH for 1 29 Scale is Distance_Traveled Time 40 5 feet 29 1 mile 5280 feet 90 seconds 1 minute 60 seconds 1 hour 60 minutes 40 5 29 5280 90 3600 40 5 29 3600 90 5280 8 897 SMPH The longer your calibration course the more accurate your calculated speed will be If you have a small layout measure the distance for one trip around the layout and run your locomotive 10 times around the layout starting the stopwatch at the start of the first trip and stopping the stopwatch at the end of the tenth trip Adjust CV56 9 as discussed above until your measured speed matches the locomotive s reported speed Using the Locomotive s Odometer Using this method you compare the measured distance traveled against the locomotive s reported distance traveled When using this method the Odometer mode must be BEMF CV56 0 bit 5 0 1 Mark a start point and a stop point on your layout 2 Use a tape measure to measure
269. locomotive will convert to Analog power If the polarity of the track would result in the locomotive moving in the same direction that it was last moving in DCC mode then the locomotive will continue to move at the speed corresponding to the last received speed step packet The usual FWD REV locomotive sound will be heard If the polarity of the track would result in the locomotive moving the opposite direction than it was last moving in DCC mode then the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate determined by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral The usual Neutral sounds will be heard When in Analog mode switching the polarity of the track will either start the locomotive moving or bring it to a stop If the locomotive is moving and the polarity is reversed the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate determined by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral 43 Write bit operation is supported for CV 29 44 NMRA Spec RP 9 2 4 specifies that Power Source Conversion should take place when DCC packets are absent for more than 30 mSec However Quantum requires approximately 200mSec to determine the Analog track polarity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 51 267 15 Dec 2007 If the locomotive is stopped in Neutral and the polarity is reversed the locomotive will accelerate at a rate determined by CV 3 and CV 23 to a speed corresponding to the last received speed step packet The actual locomotive speed under Analog power may differ f
270. m DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 218 267 15 Dec 2007 DCC Operation for Quantum Gas Turbine Introduction The Gas Turbine will initially start and operate as a standard diesel locomotive except that the speed is limited to 25 smph to model the lower power of the prototype locomotive when operated with the small 250 hp Cummings diesel These steps will allow you to start operating your Quantum equipped gas turbine locomotive immediately using any DCC system that is compatible with the applicable NMRA DCC specifications 1 Select locomotive number 3 2 Setyour DCC controller to 128 preferable or 28 acceptable speed step range 3 Start your locomotive immediately by pressing the F6 DCC function key 22 to hear the diesel Start Up sounds Number Board Lights will be on and Directional Lighting System Headlight Locomotive Reverse Light and Tender Reverse Light Mars Light will be on Use the FL or FO key to turn on off the Directional Lighting System 4 Increase the throttle to leave Neutral and start the locomotive moving The locomotive will start out slowly due to special Quantum Inertial Control that resists rapid increases or decreases in speed When you reduce the throttle to zero you will hear a Short Air Let off when the locomotive stops moving indicating that it has entered Neutral a Long Air Let off will occur about one second later followed by Air Pumps and other background sounds123 The direction of your locomotive will change wh
271. mary Index Register Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 PO Bits 0 7 are data bits which specify any of the possible eight bit Primary Index values CV 40 F6 Output Location for F6 Register with Factory Default Features Heavy Load Squealing Coupler Crash Disconnect Mute Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic Blower Er ler Fire Standby Total g Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans C re K Horn Whistle Shut Down Brake Set Coupler Arm Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 T 6 5 4 The Output 4 means that bit 0 specifies whether Output 4 is controlled by Function Key 6 Gray background for an Output bit means that it is the default setting Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 29 267 15 Dec 2007 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 30 267 15 Dec 2007 3 CV s 1 29 NMRA Standard CV s This section describes in detail NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum locomotives 3 1 CV 1 Primary Address Control Programs the Short or Primary Address from 1 to 127 decimal Default Value 3 CV 1 Primary Address Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO e Any attempt to set this CV to any value outside the range of 1 to 127
272. matic control are Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Reverse Forward Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 118 1 Feature 118 has precedence over Feature 119 When the Feature 118 function state is 1 the Feature 119 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 118 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The rear cab lights intensity changes in response to Feature 119 function key presses Feature 119 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 118 has precedence over Feature 119 If the Feature 118 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 118 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 160 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 14 1 CV 55 118 0 Rear Cab Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Cab Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 118 0 Rear Cab Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 119 118 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Rear Cab Lights Activate
273. mber 1 Find out if your command station accepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries 2 First enter CV 17 Most Significant Byte from the table below as a Decimal Binary or Hex number shown 3 Next enter CV 18 Least Significant Byte from the table below as a Decimal Binary or Hex number shown 4 Change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow operation with your new Extended Address 5 Read your ID number back from your program track or verbally in Opts Mode to see if you entered the correct number Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 41 267 15 Dec 2007 Common Steam Locomotive Numbers CV 17 cv 18 CV 17 CV 18 CV 17 cv 18 Loco Number Dec Dec Hex Hex Binary Binary 3985 207 145 CF 91 11001111 10010001 611 194 99 C2 63 11000010 01100011 8444 224 252 EO FC 11100000 11111100 4449 209 97 D1 61 11010001 01100001 3751 206 167 CE AT 11001110 10100111 261 193 5 C1 5 11000001 00000101 1218 196 194 C4 C2 11000100 11000010 1361 197 81 C5 51 11000101 01010001 700 194 188 C2 BC 11000010 10111100 Note Some command stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check Appendix IIIA for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops mode programming If your command station will not allow setting ID numbers in Ops Mode use QSI CV 56 129 to enter your ID numbers Quantum
274. mber as well as the CV value Note While the Verbal Readout is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored so wait until the locomotive stops speaking before writing another CV Example Hear the current setting for CV 2 V Start 1 Write 2 to CV 64 2 Hear the value spoken out if the value of CV 2 were 32 you would hear C V two equals three two Example Hear the current setting of the bell volume 1 Set CV 49 to 8 The Individual Sound Identifier for Bell is 8 see table in CV 52 2 Set CV 64 to 52 3 Hear the Bell volume spoken out if the bell volume were 13 you would hear C V five two point eight equals one three Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 199 267 15 Dec 2007 6 CV s 66 95 NMRA Standard CV s This section describes in detail additional NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum locomotives 6 1 CV 66 Forward Trim Forward Trim specifies a scale factor by which a voltage drive level should be multiplied when the controller is driving the unit in the Forward Direction Default Value 128 CV 66 Forward Trim Register Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 Bit 0 LSB e The Forward Trim factor preserves the same curve shape as specified in the speed table but allows a simple multiplying factor to scale it larger or smaller for trimming its speed behavior in Forward This allows making fine adjustments
275. most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Headlight dimmed you can observe the Headlight intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 70 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 108 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 3 4 CV 55 70 SI Headlight Examples Example 1 want the automatic headlight to be bright in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 70 1 to 10101010 binary AA hex 170 decimal Example 2 How will the headlight behave if set CV 55 70 0 to 00000111 binary 07 hex 7 decimal Answer The automatic headlight is initially activated and the headlight intensity is controlled by the CV 55 70 1 settings If the automatic headlight is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 71 function state turns the headlight on and the Feature 72 function state makes the headlight dim Example 3 want explicit headlight on off control at all times At startup want the headlight off until turn it on with a function key When the headlight is on it should be bright Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic headlight feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 71 to a function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim the headlight as well When first turn the headlight on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 00000100 bin
276. n Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 208 267 15 Dec 2007 Gas Turbine Sounds 4 1 Automatic Sounds Diesel Motor Rev The diesel used in the prototype was a Cummings 250 horsepower motor In Diesel mode in RTC the Gas Turbine top speed is limited to 25 smph Quantum decoders allow the Diesel Motor to be operated over eight notches corresponding to the throttle notches used on most prototype diesels As the throttle is turned up the Diesel Motor RPM will increase in fixed increments until the maximum RPM occurs at notch 8 All eight notches are evenly distributed between 0 and 80 speed step Although the locomotive will not exceed 25 smph the motor can still be revved through all notches Turbine Whoosh The U P Gas Turbine produced an almost deafening roar that seemed to drown out all but the horn It was sometimes referred to as The Big Blow since its dominant sound was that of furiously rushing exhaust gas We have modeled this effect by synthesizing this sound in the Quantum system until it sounded exactly like the prototype gas turbine We have coupled this effect to our Sound of Power concept to provide labored Turbine Whoosh when the locomotive is under load Turbine Whine Some witnesses to the prototype Gas Turbine maintain there is no Turbine Whine such as the sound that a jet airplane would make However other witnesses say that there was a discernable whine as the turbine was revving up that could still be barely heard at idl
277. n First set CV 55 100 0 to 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Then set CV55 100 1 to 00000101 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Finally remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 135 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 8 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear number board lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 102 Automatic Rear Number Board Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Lights Activate Number Board Lights 103 Rear Number Board Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Number Board Lights On Off The rear number board lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 102 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear number board lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the rear number board lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV55 102 1 Feature 102 has precedence over Feature 103 When the Feature 102 function state is 1 the Feature 103 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 102 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The rear number board lights i
278. n 1 0 0 0 00 1 0 0 36 Function 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 37 Function 3 01 10 1011 0 0 0 0 38 Function 4 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 39 Function 5 0 0 0 0 1 010 0 40 Function 6 0 0 0 10 01 00 41 Function 7 0 0 1 0101 101 010 42 Function 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 Function 9 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 44 Function 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 45 Function 11 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 Function 12 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A 1 with light gray background shows the Output default settings for Quantum decoders For example CV 36 has a 1 in the column for Output 4 indicating that Function 2 controls Output 4 which will operate the Whistle or Horn Each Input Function can control up to 8 Outputs The white squares in the table show allowed possible assignments of Outputs for each Function The dark gray areas indicate where Outputs cannot be assigned For instance the F4 key Function Input 4 can control only Outputs 4 11 You can chose to have the F4 Key operate Output 10 or a combination of Outputs 11 9 7 and 6 all at once but you cannot have it operate Output 12 45 Some earlier command stations only support the original NMRA specification of 10 functions using 9 Function Keys 46 For Command Stations that do not have an FL key the FO Function key usually controls this function Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 54 267 15 Dec 2007 For many non sound decoders the Outputs are literally wires that are connected to different features such as Headlights and Reverse Lights overhead blinking li
279. n DCC there are several books listed in Appendix VII to instruct you in the operation of DCC layouts turnouts accessories programming Configuration Variables CV s etc Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 10 267 15 Dec 2007 1 Locomotive Operation in DCC 1 1 Getting Started Although DCC operation can be very complex it does not have to be Your Quantum locomotive is factory configured to operate the common and more popular features The following brief instructions will get you up and running quickly To start operating your Quantum equipped locomotive immediately 1 Select locomotive number 3 2 Set your controller to 128 preferred or 28 acceptable speed step range 3 Start your locomotive by turning up the throttle 1 2 Basic Throttle and Direction Control When you turn up the throttle the locomotive starts moving and produces sounds appropriate to its moving state The Headlight Mars Light and Reverse Light change intensity depending on the direction of movement When you reduce the throttle setting to zero the locomotive comes to a complete stop and automatically enters Neutral You will hear special background sounds appropriate to its resting state If the locomotive was moving Forward the Headlight or operating Mars Light dims when it stops and enters Neutral This was common practice for prototype locomotives under Rule 17 You will hear a Short Air Let off whenever the locomotive enters Neutral If you
280. n button at the end of the horn blast If your locomotive is equipped with Ditch Lights they will automatically strobe when the horn is being blown and will continue to strobe until five seconds after the horn signal has stopped With Diesel Electric and Gas Turbine models since the prototype horn uses compressed air you will hear Air Pump sounds turn on after the Horn is operated Note If your DCC controller has assigned the Bell to F3 you can reassign your Quantum decoder s F3 to the bell output see CV 37 Remember to reassign the F1 Function to some other output besides 3 see CV 35 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Key There are two ways to use the F3 key 1 In Forward or Reverse as your locomotive is moving to couple up to a string of cars press F3 to trigger the crashing sound of a locomotive coupling Press F3 again as the locomotive is moving out to produce the same sound as the slack is taken up in the cars 2 Press F3 in Neutral to produce uncoupling sounds as you disconnect cars over uncoupler magnets Press F3 once to produce the sound of the lift bar and coupling pin being raised This first press also arms the uncoupling sound effect Press F3 again while moving or in Neutral to produce the sound of the coupler knuckle opening and the air lines parting If you armed the Coupler in Neutral and your locomotive is now in Forward or Reverse pressing F3 produces the sound of the coupler opening Thereafter
281. n in the top row you can specify that F10 control the following features BitO Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F10 1 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F10 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F10 a Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F10 78 Write bit operation is supported for CV 44 79 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 80 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 81 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 82 Scale Miles Per Hour or Scale Kilometers Per Hour can be selected in CV 56 0 83 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 78 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected
282. n the main Operations Mode When you change the Mute Volume on the main and Mute has been turned On by its assigned Function Key you will immediately hear the change in volume e f you program the Mute Volume in Service Mode you won t hear the change in Mute volume until you enter Operations Mode and activate the Mute feature Example Set the Operations Mode Mute Volume to 32 25 of max 1 Set CV 49 to 1 2 Set CV 51 to 32 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 89 267 15 Dec 2007 5 4 3 CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable PI 2 Use CV 51 2 to enable disable special sound effects Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Cylinder Cylinder Heavy Load Alternate Coded Horn Horn for future for future Cocks Cocks On Off Horn for Gas Triggered use use Armed after Armed on Feedback Selection Turbine Doppler 25 seconds Startup Feedback Start Up in NFF NFR e Write 2 to CV 49 to specify the Primary Index for Special Sound Effects Enable e Set data in Bit 0 as follows 0 Horn triggered Doppler effect is disabled 1 Horn triggered Doppler effect is enabled Default If Horn Triggered Doppler is enabled you can obtain a Doppler effect by first blowing the Horn for a least one second Any time thereafter briefly interrupt the horn s
283. n this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 106 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 3 2 CV 55 70 1 Automatic Headlight Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Headlight behavior Default Value 86 CV 55 70 1 Automatic Headlight Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity e Default value 01010110 binary 56 hex 86 decimal e Bits 0 1 specify the headlight intensity in FWD bits 2 3 the intensity in NFF bits 4 5 the intensity in REV and bits 6 7 the intensity in NFR Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 7 Bit 6 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Reserved e The default settings specify the following behavior FWD NFF REV NFR Bright Dim Dim Dim If the headlight cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 107 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 3 3 CV 55 70 10 Headlight Dim Intensity For models with a dimmable Headlight this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 70 10 Headlight Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being
284. nary F2 Horn Whistle 1 LA Binary Horn Whistle 1 LA Binary F3 Coupler Crash Coupler Fire 211 TA Momentary Coupler Arm Enable or Coupler Fire 211 TA Enabled orTA Momentary F4 Steam Blower Hiss Steam Blower Hiss LA Binary Diesel Fans and Louvers Diesel Fans and Louvers Electric Cooling Fans 8 LA Binary amp Take Control Electric Cooling Fans 8 LA Binary amp Take Control F5 Dynamic Brakes 5 LA Binary Dynamic Brakes 5 LA Binary F6 Doppler Shift 65 TA Momentary Locomotive Start Up 144 PA Momentary Progressive F7 Brake Squeal Flanges TA Momentary Steam Cylinder Cocks Arm 6 TA Momentary Air Brakes 216 LA Analog Diesel and Electric Long Air Let off 9 TA Momentary or Gas Turbine Diesel Turbine Transition 24 LA Binary F8 Sound Mute 64 LA Binary Sound Mute 64 LA Binary F9 Heavy Load 179 TA Binary Shut Downt46 Disconnect Low Idle set Total Shut Down 145 PA Binary Progressive F10 Status Report 178 TA Momentary Status Report 178 TA Momentary F11 Alternate Horn Selection 2 LA Binary Alternate Horn Selection 2 LA Binary Multiple Automatic Lights 2 137 LA Binary Multiple Automatic Lights 2 137 LA Binary F12 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 138 LA Binary Multiple Automatic Lights 3 138 LA Binary By default in most Q1a and Q2 equipped locomotives Multiple Automatic Lights 1 controls the automatic Headlight Reverse Light Front and Rea
285. nda Gas Turbine used two different methods to power the locomotive a 4500 horsepower gas turbine and a 250 horsepower diesel motor Diesel Motor this was a Cummings Diesel Motor that powered three different machines 1 Diesel Generator The diesel generator in turn had three different functions a Provide electrical power to change batteries and power for d c auxiliaries when turbine power was shut down b To motor one of the main traction generators to crank turbine for starting c To power two of the eight traction motors low power locomotive movement in the yard hostling During hostling there was no battery charging or air compressor operation 2 Diesel Alternator This was belt driven from the diesel motor to provide three phase a c auxiliary power to run the radiator fan motors starting fuel pump motor and water booster pump motor until turbine is up to idling speed 3 Air Compressor This was also belt driven from the diesel motor to pump up main reservoir air pressure until the two motor driven air compressors take over during battery charging This is primarily intended for use during hostling and turbine cranking The diesel motor was not used to provide additional power during normal operation or when staring the locomotive from a dead stop Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 211 267 15 Dec 2007 Gas Turbine This was the main power plant rated at 4 500 horsepower It is an oil burning axial flow gas turbine It del
286. ned at full power to allow the turbine to cool over about 40 seconds during this period the Turbine Whoosh is first reduced to off while the Turbine Whine is gradually reduced to zero After the turbine is completely shut down the Diesel Motor returns to idle Doppler Run by On prototype locomotives sounds get louder as the train approaches then immediately drop to a much lower pitch and lower volume as the train passes by With a little practice you can change the pitch to occur exactly when and where you want Doppler pitch change is based on the speed of the locomotive so the sounds change more dramatically when the locomotive is running faster After the Doppler shift has occurred and the horn is no longer being blown the bell shuts off automatically and locomotive sounds return to normal Flanges or Extended Brakes When a train enters a curve the flanges on the wheels tend to ride up on the inside of the rail and squeal Recreate this squealing effect by pressing and releasing the Brake Sound function key button quickly and repeatedly as necessary Or for slow stops use the same function key to produce long protracted squealing brake sounds Air Brakes When prototype train brakes are applied air is released from the brake lines to reduce the pressure The more the pressure is reduced the greater the braking You will hear a continual air release sound from the diesel locomotive model as braking is continually increased The longer the air
287. ned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 62 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 64 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F3 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F3 Bit 5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F3 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F3 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F3 ii Dynamic Brakes are affected by F3 Bit7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F3 Ak Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F3 Example Change F3 to Bell Operation Output 3 and change F1 to Coupler Sounds Output 5 Output 3 is set to Bell by default Output 5 is set to Coupler Sounds by default Set CV 37 F3 to 4 bit 2 output 3 Bell Set CV 35 F1 to 16 bit 4 output 5 Coupler Sounds After these changes F3 will activate the bell and F1 will activate Coupler Sounds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 65 267 15 Dec 2007 4 7 CV 38 Output Location for F4 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F4 A 1
288. nstructions Lenz Yes Yes FO Lights F1 Bell F2 Horn Lenz will program in LZ100 See Comments Service mode providing that a suitable resistor is added in LV200 series to the Programming Track LV100 requires 20 ohms LZV100 and LV200 requires 10 ohms Note that CV 1 17 and 18 140 Many comments and opinions regarding operation with different command stations are the result of user s letters to QSI or comments on various railroad web forums QSI is not responsible for the accuracy of these comments which are included here only as a starting point for the customer to verify to his own satisfaction the compatibility of these products for use with the QSI Quantum System Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 230 267 15 Dec 2007 cannot be programmed on the main in the standard way see QSI CV 56 129 for alternative way to program ID numbers Newer Lenz does support FO F12 Function Keys Atlas Yes Yes Early models of the Atlas command station had some See Comments problems with programming Reports from Atlas on their recent versions indicate no problems Limited number of function keys available CVP Yes Yes EZ DCC Works with wireless hand held throttle as well as standard command station Zimo Yes Yes All products work with Quantum decoders Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 231 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Ill B Programming a Long Address on Digitrax Select the Loco s Short Addr
289. nt a more active throttle range for a locomotive under CSC e A Scale Factor less than 1 0 makes sense when the top speed of the locomotive is much less than 126 smph For example suppose a locomotive has a top speed of 60 smph With a Scale Factor of 1 0 all speed steps from 61 through 127 will result in a speed of 60 smph If the Scale Factor is set to 0 5 then the top speed of 60 smph will correspond to speed steps 121 and above e A Scale Factor greater than 1 0 make sense when the top speed of the locomotive is much greater than 126 smph For example suppose a locomotive has a top speed of 200 smph With a Scale Factor of 1 0 the locomotive would only go up to 126 smph If the Scale Factor were set to 2 0 then the top speed of 200 smph would be obtained at speed steps 101 and above e The advantage of a Scale Factor of 1 0 is that you easily know the locomotive s speed if you have a command station that displays the current speed step e The Scale Factor can also be used to increase the accuracy of locomotive s speed For example if your locomotive runs at 34 smph when it should run at 35 smph you could increase the scale factor slightly to 35 34 64 66 e Adjusting the Scale Factor when trying to match locomotives in Consists when all are operating under CSC is another possibility e This CV has no effect under Standard Throttle Control Regulated Throttle Control or Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control Quantum DCC
290. ntensity changes in response to Feature 103 function key presses Feature 103 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 102 has precedence over Feature 103 If the Feature 102 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 103 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 136 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 8 1 CV 55 102 0 Rear Number Board Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Number Board Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 102 0 Rear Number Board Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 103 102 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Activate Feature 102 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Number Board Lights On Feature 103 function e Awrite to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 102 and 103 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 102 and 103 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 137 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 8 2 Use this CV to configure the Automat
291. o change in ditch 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 5 CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 0 CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 128 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 6 6 CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time Use this CV to specify the number of seconds the ditch lights continue to strobe after a horn blast ends Default Value CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time 5 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Hold Hold Hold Hold Hold Time Time Time Time Time e Default value 00000101 binary 05 hex 5 decimal e Valid values are 0 31 seconds
292. o program on the program track with any DCC command station Note Some Command Stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check Appendix IIIA for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops Mode programming 27 All four methods are supported Address Only Mode Physical Register Addressing Mode Paged CV Addressing Mode and Direct CV Addressing Mode 28 Tony s Train Exchange 1 800 978 3472 info ttx dcc com Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 24 267 15 Dec 2007 2 2 Operations Mode Programming Operations Mode Programming is also called Ops Mode Programming or Programming on the Main In this programming mode you do not move your locomotive to an isolated programming track You program it in place on the Main track as you are operating it The Quantum System will allow you to program all CV s including address CV s CV 1 CV 17 and CV 18 in Operations Mode There are advantages and disadvantages to using Operations Mode Programming 1 One disadvantage is that in Ops Mode Quantum decoders do not support any advanced acknowledgement mechanism as defined by the NMRA If you are using a command station that provides readout for your CV s in Ops Mode it can only indicate which CV you are addressing and the value you want to program You will not be able to determine what value is already entered in that
293. o the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 141 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 9 2 Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Marker Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 104 1 Automatic Front Marker Lights Configuration CV 55 104 1 Automatic Front Marker Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 1 the front marker lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front marker lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the front marker lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front marker lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 142 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 9 3 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front marker lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 104 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the front marker lights behave if set CV 55 104 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front marker lights are initially activated and the front marker lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 104 1 settings If the automatic front marker lights are deactivated for example by pressin
294. oad on and off in Neutral if you set CV53 x 1 to 179 the Heavy Load feature ID Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 19 267 15 Dec 2007 1 16 Status Report F10 Quantum locomotives provide verbal information about a locomotive s current operating state when the locomotive is in Neutral or the locomotive s current speed when the locomotive is moving e Press F10 in Neutral the locomotive will verbally report first its currently enabled long or short DCC address followed by its consist ID if it has one followed by its Shut Down state Disconnect Standby or Shut Down e Press F10 in Forward or Reverse the locomotive will verbally report the locomotive s speed in scale miles per hour smph or scale kilometers per hour skph You can select between scale miles per hour smph or scale kilometers per hour skph in CV56 0 Note When a Status Report or Verbal Speedometer Readout begins the locomotive s sounds will reduce to one half their current volume settings Locomotive sounds return to normal volume when the report has ended Note The Status Report in Forward and Reverse can be configured to also report the Back EMF value and or motor Pulse Width Modulation PWM value See CV 55 178 0 Note Ina consist all locomotives will simultaneously report their status when the F10 key is pressed unless disabled in CV 22 1 17 Alternate Horn Selection F11 Some prototype steam locomotives had both a steam whistle and an air horn Th
295. oard Board 114 112 106 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 138 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 11111111 binary FF hex 255 decimal Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 166 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 18 CV 55 178 SI Status Report By default Feature 178 is assigned to output 12 F10 in CV 53 By default the Status Report announces the speed in scale MPH or scale KPH in forward and reverse 5 7 18 1 CV 55 178 0 Status Report Configuration Use this CV to select the type of information announced in the status report Default Value 1 CV 55 178 0 Status Report Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Scale Internal PWM BEMF Scale Miles Temp MPH e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal e If bit 1 the Scale MPHor Scale KPH is announced in FWD REV You can select between SMPH and SKPH in CV56 0 e If bit 1 1 the BEMF is announced in FWD REV The spoken BEMF value is preceded by a spoken B e If bit 2 1 the PWM is announced in FWD REV The spoken PWM value is preceded by a spoken D e If bit 3 1 the Int
296. ocomotives Skim over this to get a general idea of what it contains You will often refer to it when you want to solve a particular problem e The fourth section outlines in excruciating detail the NMRA standard CV s which assign outputs to function keys Normally you do not have to be concerned with these CV s but sometimes this section is important for example if you ever have to configure your locomotive to operate with a DCC controller having a small number of function keys e The fifth section describes in detail CV s that are unique to Quantum locomotives Skim over this to get an idea of the degree of flexibility built into Quantum locomotives Refer to this section whenever you want to customize volume levels change the features that are assigned to function key outputs configure the behavior of these features or tweak your locomotive s running performance e The sixth section describes in detail additional NMRA standard CV s that you may find useful if you want to fine tune your locomotive s running performance e The appendices describe the sounds and features available in each locomotive type operation with different DCC Digital Command Stations troubleshooting and Applications Notes Most operations of Quantum equipped locomotives such as turning the Bell on and off changing direction blowing a Horn or a Whistle are the same across all locomotive types Special operations for different types of Quantum equipped loc
297. of 10 240 addresses from 0 to 10 239 although most Command Stations will only allow entering ID s up to 9 999 You can assign your locomotive an address that is identical to the locomotive s cab number which rarely exceed four digits e Your locomotive can have both a Primary Address CV 1 and an Extended Address There is overlap in the Primary Address and Extended Address range 1 127 so that a locomotive can have the same number for its Primary Address as it has for its Extended Address For example a locomotive can have Primary Address 53 and Extended Address 53 Although the same number these two addresses are not the same and are treated differently by your locomotive and your Command Station See your Command Station Instructions to learn how to tell the difference between the two addresses e The Extended Address can be set either in Service Mode or Operations Mode Remember to change bit 5 of Configuration CV 29 to 1 to enable the Extended Address 3 9 1 Entering Extended Address into CV 17 and CV 18 Directly Most modern Command Stations allow the operator to input an Extended Address from 0 to 9999 directly in decimal format without having to individually enter data into CV 17 and CV 18 However if you have an older Command Station and need to program these CV s directly the following information will be helpful CV 17 and CV 18 form a paired CV and it makes a difference how data is entered CV 17 the most
298. off by one digit This is a timing issue with some command stations Either program in Ops Mode or consider using a PowerPak from DCC Specialties When try to do a complete reset of all CV s using CV 56 128 255 in Program Mode not all of the CV s reset to factory values Resetting all CV s takes considerable time Some command stations only allow a fixed short amount of time to power the programming track after a command is sent When you ask for a complete reset not all of the CV s will be reset if the power shuts down part way through the procedure We recommend doing a full reset in Ops mode Or you can do individual reset operations such as all NMRA CV reset and all QSI CV reset etc until you have all groups of CV s reset to factory defaults 142 Tony s Train Exchange 1 800 978 3427 info ttx dec com Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 237 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix V Using the Quantum Hardware Reset and Volume Controls Quantum software can be programmed by the operator to reset the system to factory defaults As a safety precaution Quantum decoders also have a backup hardware method to do a system reset Either method can be used to reset the locomotive to original factory settings In case your Quantum Sound and Train Control System misbehaves and simply turning the power off from 5 to 15 seconds does not return it to normal operation you can reset your locomotive using CV 56 128 o
299. omotives are described in the Operation Manuals that come with the locomotives Any special features included in this Reference Manual will be described in sidebars or notes and in the Appendix section Sounds Available in DCC Operation Please Note This reference manual completely describes all features currently available in DCC when operating a Quantum locomotive that has Q1a or Q2 Version 7 firmware If your locomotive has Version 6 or earlier firmware use the Quantum DCC Reference Manual Version 3 To determine you software version read the contents of CV 7 In Ops Mode set CV 64 to 7 and hear verbal response Many of the new features described in version 4 1 of this manual are currently available only with Q2 firmware supporting O Scale and G Scale locomotives As new Quantum locomotives are introduced they may have features not found in earlier locomotives Check the Operation Manual that came with your locomotive to determine which features apply to your locomotive This document will evolve over time as new information is added to keep it as complete and current as possible Although reading the first section Locomotive Operation in DCC will allow you to begin operating your Quantum locomotive immediately the purpose of this manual is not to teach you how to use DCC We assume that you already have the working knowledge and experience to operate the different DCC features and program CV s If you are just getting started i
300. operate under STC will race up to its final speed as quickly as the internal mechanical flywheels will allow while the locomotive programmed to operate under RTC will accelerate much more slowly After both Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 243 267 15 Dec 2007 locomotives finally reach steady state operation both locomotives will be seen to have the same requested power and same average speed The second difference has to do with how power is delivered to the motor At a steady throttle setting the average voltage to the motors will be the same for both locomotives but the actual voltage variations to the RTC motor will be dithering around trying to maintain the locomotives Inertial Control while the voltage to the STC locomotive will remain relatively constant The effects on operation are quite noticeable at slow speeds Since the RTC locomotive is constantly adjusting motor power it will move much more steadily at slow speeds while the STC locomotive will stop and start and may need a push now and then to keep it going Example 6 RTC has its own Intrinsic Inertia independent of CV 3 CV 4 CV 23 and CV 24 The Intrinsic Inertia represents the inertia of the locomotive If the throttle is increased the locomotive s momentum increases slowly in proportion to the throttle setting and its Intrinsic Inertia setting If the throttle is decreased the locomotive s momentum decreases slowly in proportion to its Intrinsic Inertia If any of the
301. otive It will remain in Neutral until a new speed packet is received at which time it will accelerate at the rate set in CV 3 and CV 23 A value of zero will disable the time out function and the locomotive will continue to run at its last speed setting when it stops receiving packets addressed to the locomotive The factory default is 1 which is interpreted as 1 second The maximum value for CV 11 is 20 interpreted as 20 seconds If any value greater than 20 is written to this CV the new value is ignored and CV 11 retains its previous value If both Power Source Conversion CV 29 bit 2 and Packet time out Value are enabled Power Source Conversion takes precedence since it will always have the shorter time out period 35 Twenty seconds is the maximum time specified in NMRA Recommended Practice RP 9 2 4 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 39 267 15 Dec 2007 3 9 CV 17 18 Extended Address CV 17 and CV 18 together provide a larger 14 bit range for locomotive ID numbers from 0 to 10 239 CV 17 Default Value 0 CV 18 Default Value 0 CV 17 Extended Address Most Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 CV 18 Extended Address Least Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO e Use CV 17 and CV 18 to assign your locomotive one
302. ou will hear three sets of numbers separated by the word point The first number is the major version number the second is the minor version number and the third is the build number e g seven point one point five means Major Version 7 Minor Version 1 Build Number 5 2 Play Firmware Build Date This is the date the software was created You will hear three sets of numbers each separated by a pause The first number set is the month followed by the day of the month followed by the year e g six pause one five pause zero two means June 15 2002 3 Play Hardware Profile number 4 Play Sound Set number This number identifies variations on the sounds programmed into the software for a model The original firmware for a model has Sound Set number 0 5 Play Firmware Last Modified Date This is the date the software was modified by a program such as Q2Upgrade You will hear three sets of numbers each separated by a pause The first number set is the month followed by the day of the month followed by the year e g six pause one five pause zero two means June 15 2002 e Any value other than 0 5 will be ignored and there will be no verbal output Note While the Build Information is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored so wait until the locomotive stops speaking before writing another CV Example Play Firmware Version 7 Write 255 to CV
303. ow byte high byte 256 This number represents the locomotive scale in units of 0 01 For example a value of 2900 represents a scale of 29 0 Thus we have Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 194 267 15 Dec 2007 Diameter CV56 24 0 value CV56 24 1 value 256 1000 Scale CV56 25 0 value CV56 25 1 value 256 100 Miles Raw Odometer Value Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 The maximum number of scale miles before the odometer rolls over depends on the wheel diameter and the locomotive scale Max_Miles 16777215 Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 To convert to kilometers multiply the miles by 1 609 Kilometers Miles 1 609 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 195 267 15 Dec 2007 5 10 CV 62QSI Control Use this CV to control Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and CV Numeric Readout Default Value 1 CV 62 QSI Control Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 D2 0 DO e Bit 0 Programming Verbal Acknowledgement Enable 0 disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement 1 enable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement If Programming Verbal Acknowledgement is enabled and you write a value to a CV the locomotive announces the CV number and its new value For example if you set CV 2 to 18 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V two equals one eight If you write a value to a QSI uniq
304. ows you to assign say Squealing Brakes to Output 7 in Neutral but when the F5 Key is pressed to activate this feature in Neutral it will produce no effect Feature Feature ID Allowed Comments Directional States Air Brakes 176 FWD REV See section 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse Alternate Horn 2 All This selects between the primary warning device Selection be it either Horn or Whistle and an alternate Horn Each time you make a selection you hear a short hoot that identifies the Horn or Whistle selected To disable feedback see CV 51 2 Arm Cylinder 6 NFF NFR Explicitly arms Cylinder Cocks If Cylinder Cocks Cocks are armed Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive begins moving in FWD REV The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph See CV 51 2 Automatic Ditch 84 All When Automatic Ditch Lights is activated the Lights Ditch Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 84 x Automatic Front 116 All When Automatic Front Cab Lights is activated Cab Lights the Front Cab Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 116 x Automatic Front 104 All When Automatic Front Marker Lights are Marker Lights activated the Front Marker Light intensity changes automatica
305. ponding to the throttle notches used on the prototype As the throttle is turned up the Diesel Motor RPM will increase in fixed increments until the maximum RPM occurs at notch 8 Diesel Motor Start Separate sound records are used for diesel starting Depending on the model this could be the sound of an electric motor starter similar to a truck or from compressed air called an air start Both types of starting have very distinctive sounds If the diesel model has two motors both motors will start independently one after the other Diesel Motor Shut Down Separate sound records are used for diesel stopping sounds If the diesel model has two motors both motors will shut down independently one after the other Extended Start Up and Shut Down It takes time to startup or shutdown a prototype locomotive To model this the Quantum system uses additional sound records of the engineer s entering and leaving the cab vents opening and closing lights turn on or off at different times along with the sounds of the diesel motor starting up or shutting down Diesel Turbo Turbo appliances are used to improve the locomotive s horsepower by pumping air into the intake manifold under pressure The power to operate the turbo comes from the diesel motors exhaust pressure which causes the turbo high pitch whine to lag the revving of the motor Quantum Systems use a separate sound for the turbo to allow it to lag behind revving the motor up and to hang
306. pressing ensures that Shut Down stages are not entered or exited accidentally Double pressing is defined as two F9 commands sent within two seconds Note that the F9 key may have to be pressed three times due to the DCC command station and locomotive having different initial states for F9 128 Pressing a function key will only produce a Short Air Let off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 224 267 15 Dec 2007 e Double press the F9 in Standby to enter Total Shut Down You will hear a Long Air Let off The Air Pumps will turn off followed by the sounds of the Cooling Fans shutting off the louvers closing the Diesel Motor shutting down A few seconds later you will hear the engineer s door open and then shut Note In Total Shut Down the locomotive will not respond to throttle or function keys The two exceptions are the F6 Start Up Key described below and the F10 Status Key e To leave Total Shut Down double press the F6 key Note If power is turned off at any stage of Shut Down Disconnect Standby or Total Shut Down or during a Shut Down procedure the locomotive will remember the last Shut Down stage it was at during power down and the locomotive will power up in the same stage If Start Up is initiated during any of the above Shut Down procedures Shut Down is aborted and locomotive will return to normal Diesel Mode operation Start Up F6 If Gas Turbine locomotive is in any stage of Shut Down you can return it to normal operation b
307. prototypes is 2 selecting for Metric Units 105 The BEMF synchronized chuff calibration is currently available only in Q2 firmware 106 Chuff CAMs are currently supported only in Q2 O Scale and G Scale locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 168 267 15 Dec 2007 0 BEMF mode default 4 CAM mode Bit 7 Reed Switch Disable 0 Normal Reed Switch operation is in effect default 1 The Reed Switch is ignored for all operations except powerup reset to factory defaults All other bits 2 3 6 are ignored 107 The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 169 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 2 CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode PI 4 Use this CV to specify how your Quantum Locomotive interprets throttle position Default 1 Value CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D1 DO e Set data in bits O and 1 as follows 0 Standard Throttle Control STC 1 Regulated Throttle Control RTC 2 Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC 3 Calibrated Speed Control CSC e All other bits are reserved and should be set to 0 e Default is 1 Regulated Throttle Control Standard Throttle Control STC is the common way to control the power delivered to a locomotive s motor Under STC the throttle setting speed step
308. r Deceleration since higher values for this CV result in higher inertia values but lower deceleration rates Using the term Momentum to describe CV 3 is not correct since a non moving train has no momentum even if CV 3 is set to the maximum value Inertia is the property of an object that resists any change to its state of rest or motion Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 34 267 15 Dec 2007 3 5 CV5 V High V High defines the voltage drive level applied to the motor at maximum throttle Use CV 5 to reduce the maximum speed of locomotives that operate too fast at maximum throttle Default Value 1 CV 5 V High Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 5 sets a maximum voltage for the motor to any value between 2 and 255 A value of 0 1 or 255 provides maximum motor voltage at maximum throttle The value of CV 5 determines the maximum motor drive as a fraction of the applied voltage as defined by the following equation Maximum Motor Voltage Track Voltage x CV5 255 For instance a value of 200 for CV 5 means that the maximum voltage will be 217 255 or 85 of the applied track voltage e The value of motor drive as a percentage of total track voltage is computed according to the formula below Applied Motor Voltage CV 2 CV5 CV 2 Speed Table Value for speed step 255 100 255 If CV 5 is less than or equal to CV 2
309. r Mars Lights Ditch Lights and Overhead Blinking Light By default in most Q1a and Q2 equipped locomotives the Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature controls the automatic Front and Rear Number Board Lights Front and Rear Marker Lights and Front and Rear Step Lights For most factory models with limited number of lights Automatic Lights usually only controls Front and Rear Number Board Lights By default in most Q1a and Q2 equipped locomotives Multiple Automatic Lights 3 controls the automatic Front and Rear Cab Lights The features in the above table were designed and assigned to provide the greatest consistency of operation of the different types of locomotives Steam Diesel and Electric as well as maintaining the greatest level of correspondence between the displayed function settings and operating feature status Note that FL f FL r F1 F2 F4 F5 some of F7 F8 F9 F11 and F12 all are Level Activated Binary Features This means that the displays for these features are likely to indicate the true status of the features in the locomotive Most other features are Transition or Pulse Activated Momentary type which only respond to changes in the function inputs Status indication on the controller for these features are not required since they return to their 146 There are three stages to Shut Down To operate Shut down you will need to double click the F9 key for each stage Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 253 267 15 Dec 2007
310. r drive is disconnected 2 To leave Disconnect either double press the F6 Start Up key as described in the Start Up section or double press F9 again to reach the next stage of Shut Down Standby A locomotive in Disconnect continues to respond to all function keys For a Diesel locomotive in Disconnect if the throttle is increased or decreased the motor sounds will rev up and down but the locomotive will not move If the Dynamic Brakes are activated the motors sounds will be labored under Sound of Power control as the throttle is increased and decreased Prototype Diesel Motor Generator power output is often tested under Dynamic Brake load in disconnect For an Electric locomotive in Disconnect there is no action or sound associated with moving the throttle up and down and no affect from having the Dynamic Brakes activated For a Steam locomotive in Disconnect if the throttle is increased decreased the hissing sound of venting steam will get louder softer but the locomotive will not move Prototype Steam locomotives would sometimes vent steam in Neutral to clear rust debris from the super heaters that can affect the throttle Stage Two Standby 1 In Disconnect double press F9 to enter Standby You will hear a Long Air Let off followed by the Directional Lighting turning off The motor will remain disconnected while the Air Pumps automatic Steam Blower Cooling Fan operation Number Board Lights and Cab Lights will continue to operate
311. r you can use the hardware Reset Jumper found on earlier Quantum Systems or the Magnetic Wand to activate a reed switch included on more modern Quantum Systems Quantum system volume can also be adjusted using software by programming CV 51 0 or by a hardware volume adjustment Earlier Quantum systems used a potentiometer volume control and later models use a magnetic wand Reset Jumper Models Both early Quantum Steam and Diesel locomotives used jumpers and volume potentiometers to control reset and sound volume The diagram below shows a Quantum circuit board used in some Steam Locomotive tenders The jumper and volume potentiometer is located on the bottom board as shown in the diagram below To Reset the Locomotive e Turn off the main track power e For Steam Locomotives remove the tender body or water filler hatch to reveal the circuit board If it is a plastic tender there are no screws it is a press fit to the chassis Die cast tenders will have retaining screws under the chassis Most Diesels will have a removable access panel over the Quantum circuit board on the roof The location of the access panel will be shown in the Steam or Diesel Model Specification sheet that was included with your locomotive instructions e To reset the Quantum system to its default values locate the black clearing jumper see below and remove by pulling it up e Reapply main track power the horn and or bell will sound after a few seconds e Turn m
312. rd the Mars Light would begin to strobe When an indicated function key disables an automatic feature all lights will be off For instance disabling the Automatic Mars Light will immediately shut off the Mars Light in any direction and they will not turn on again until the automatic feature is enabled Note Use CV 55 to change the behavior of lights from what is shown in the above table and description Note Not all automatic features may be included in your locomotive model Note Lights and other features can be assigned to function keys and configured to different kinds of operation and initial conditions in CV 53 Output Feature Assignment and CV 55 QSI Feature Configuration See the Quantum DCC Reference Manual version 4 Note Cylinder Cocks can also be armed in Neutral with the F7 key or the F6 Start Up key without having to wait for the 25 time out period Note The start up state for directional lighting is activated See CV 55 for further information Note Most steam locomotives use a steam powered generator called a Dynamo to supply electricity to the lights When the lighting system is turned on the brightness of the headlight increases slowly as the steam generator revs up to full power Check your Operation Manual to see if your steam model has a Dynamo Note If your FL key does not predictably affect the Headlight or Reverse Light see the troubleshooting section in the Appendix 10 If your locomotive
313. re 117 When the Feature 116 function state is 1 the Feature 117 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 116 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front cab lights intensity changes in response to Feature 117 function key presses Feature 117 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 116 has precedence over Feature 117 If the Feature 116 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 116 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 156 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 13 1 CV 55 116 0 Front Cab Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Cab Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 116 0 Front Cab Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 117 116 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Front Cab Lights Activate Feature 116 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Cab Lights On Feature 117 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 116 and 117 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature
314. re at the speed step the locomotive is operating at Start both locomotives at speed step 1 enter Ops mode programming for Locomotive A and set CV 67 to match Locomotive B speed Leave Ops mode programming and set both locomotives to operate at speed step 2 enter Ops mode programming for Locomotive B and set CV 68 to match Locomotive B speed Repeat this procedure until you have entered speed curve values for all CV s between CV 67 and CV 94 34 You may have a number of standard locomotives for different speed classifications For instance you might have a standard locomotive for yard operations with a top speed of 35 smph a standard freight locomotive with a top speed of 65 smph and a third standard locomotive for passenger service with a top speed of 100 smph Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 36 267 15 Dec 2007 3 6 CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number This is a read only CV that returns the major version number of the decoder s firmware Default Value N A CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Production release versions start with 1 If your locomotive has a 1 in this register your locomotive contains the first version of Quantum HO firmware A 2 in this register corresponds to the second version of Quantum HO firmware e This DCC Reference Manual describes CV s supported by version 7 firmware I
315. ress Select the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above e Press Loco then enter the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above then press Enter Program On the main to Enable the Short Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current Long Address I D on the display Press Enter Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 233 267 15 Dec 2007 e Press 3 for Configuration Display shows ENTER NORM 1 REV e Progress through each variable until you reach ADDRESS e Press ENTER for SHORT address This enables using the short address e Leave Ops Mode Programming by pressing the red Emergency Stop button e Select locomotives short address and operate The above procedure was evaluated with an upgraded NCE POWER PRO series of DCC command stations Ifthe above procedure does not work properly contact NCE to see ifthey can upgrade your software 141 NCE Software Version 1 3 December 21 2004 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 234 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix IV DCC Troubleshooting Operations Mode My headlight does come on when start my locomotive but mysteriously goes off whenever blow the horn or turn on the bell Also if try to turn off the headlight it sometimes requires two pressings for the FO or FL key Pressing the horn or toggling the bell will cause your command st
316. rom its speed under DCC power depending on the Analog track voltage and whether the locomotive is using Calibrated Speed Control Regulated Throttle Control or Standard Throttle Control e g the locomotive may jerk upon switching to analog power NOTE This bit must be set to 1 in order for the locomotive to operate on an Analog track See trouble shooting section e Bit 3 Advanced Decoder Acknowledgement not used e Bit 4 Speed Table set by configuration variables 0 Speed Table not used 1 Speed Table set by CV 25 Quantum Speed Table selection When bit 4 of CV 29 is set to 0 a linear Speed Table is used by default e Bit 5 Extended Address Mode enable 0 The decoder responds to one byte Primary Address see CV 1 1 The decoder responds to a two byte Extended Address see CV 17 and CV 18 e Bit 6 Reserved for NMRA future use e Bit 7 Accessory Decoder 0 Multifunction locomotive decoder 1 Accessory Decoder Quantum decoders are Multifunction Decoders this bit cannot be changed Some command stations make it easy for you to change CV 29 one bit one at a time Other command stations require you to enter the value of CV 29 as a complete 8 bit byte The table below shows all the possible combinations of the five programmable bits supported by Quantum locomotives Where an X appears the feature is enabled and the corresponding CV 29 bit is a 1 The Binary Decim
317. s On or Off Lights See CV 55 106 x Rear Number 103 All Explicitly turns the Rear Number Board Lights On Board Lights or Off See CV 55 102 x Rear Step 115 All Explicitly turns the Rear Step Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 114 x Reverse Light 74 All Explicitly turns the Reverse light On or Off See CV 55 73 x Short Air Let off 10 All When triggered Short Air Let off produces an air release sound of about 1 second Use a Short Air Let off to simulate operating some locomotive appliances or as a place holder feature for unused function keys Start Up 144 NFF NFR See section 1 18 Start Up F6 in Neutral Status Report 178 All See section 1 16 Status Report F10 Strobe Ditch 87 All Explicitly turns on or off Ditch Lights strobe See Lights CV 55 84 x Strobe Mars 79 All Explicitly turns on or off Mars Light strobe See Light CV 55 76 x Whistle 1 All See section 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Note Do not confuse the above table with the Individual Sound Identifiers Table shown in CV 52 The above table lists ID s of Features while CV 52 table lists ID s of Individual Sounds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 101 267 15 Dec 2007 5 6 2 CV 53 Factory Default Settings Secondary Index SI CV 50 Value 1 0 Primary Forward Reverse only Neutral only Index PI CV 49 Value 1 Output 1 M
318. s to run locomotive Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 232 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Ill C Programming a Long Address on North Coast Engineering NCE Select the Loco s Short Address Usually 3 e Press Loco then 3 then ENTER Program On the main the new Long Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current 003 I D on the display Press ENTER e Press 1 for Address Display shows Set ADDR e Press 1 to set Long Address e Enter four digit address Press Enter Hear CV 18 equals XXXX where XXXX is the four digit address you entered e You are now back in Run Mode Select loco 3 Press ENTER e Once the long address is programmed you must enable the locomotive to use it Enable the Long Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current 003 I D on the display Press ENTER e Press 3 for Configuration Display shows ENTER NORM 1 REV e Progress through and set each variable until you reach ADDRESS e Enter 1 for LONG address This enables using the long address e Leave Ops Mode Programming by pressing the red Emergency Stop button e Select locomotives long address and operate You are now out of program mode and have completed the Long Address sequence Returning to the Short Add
319. sed 2 Copyright The software is owned by QSIndustries Inc and is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions Therefore neither you nor anyone else may copy the software 3 Limited Warranty QSI does not offer an explicit Software warranty Check with individual manufacturers on details for Software warranty Proprietary Rights and Obligations The structure and organization of the Software Firmware are the valuable property of QSIndustries Inc You will not make or have made or permit to be made any copies of the Hardware Software Firmware code or any portions thereof You are not to modify adapt translate reverse engineer de compile disassemble or create derivative works based on the Hardware or Software Firmware Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of trademark owner s name The Quantum Hardware Software and Firmware are covered by U S Patent No 4 914 431 5 184 048 5 267 318 5 394 068 5 448 142 5 633 985 5 832 431 5 896 017 5 940 005 and other US and Foreign patents pending No Other Rights QSIndustries Inc retains ownership of the Quantum Hardware design and operating Software Firmware code Except as stated above this agreement does not grant you any rights to intellectual property rights to the Quantum Software Firmware or Hardware The use of any trademarks as herein authorized does not give you any rights of ownership
320. setting squealing brakes would still be heard Front Cab 117 All Explicitly turns the Front Cab Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 116 x Front Marker 105 All Explicitly turns the Front Marker Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 104 x Front Number 101 All Explicitly turns the Front Number Board Lights On Board Lights or Off See CV 55 100 x Front Step 113 All Explicitly turns the Front Step Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 112 x Grade Crossing 154 FWD REV Plays a grade crossing scenario consisting of four horn blasts two long blasts one short blast and one long blast Headlight 71 All Explicitly turns the Headlight On or Off See CV 55 70 x Heavy Load 179 All See section 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse Horn 1 All See section 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Injector 14 NFF NFR When triggered Injector produces a sound sequence of water being injected into the boiler This can happen in any directional state but it is more obvious in Neutral The length of the Injector sequence is random Injector sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Long Air Let off 9 All When triggered Long Air Let off produces an air release sound of about 1 5 seconds Use a Long Air Let off to simulate operating some steam appliances like power reverse or applying the brakes in Neutral on any
321. sing the programming methods described in the programming sections of this manual However if you turn the volume down using the Manual Volume Control you will not be able to increase the volume using programming above the level set by the potentiometer Using the Quantum Reset Jumper to Return Your Locomotive to Factory Default Values Analog and DCC In case your locomotive s sound and control system misbehaves and turning the power off and back on does not return it to normal operation you can reset your locomotive to original factory values e Turn off the power e Use small needle nose pliers to pull the jumper up and out e _ Reapply power after a few seconds you hear three Horn hoots in quick succession Turn power off reinstall the jumper The locomotive has now been returned to original factory defaults for all DCC and Analog values Program Track Operation DCC Your locomotive conforms to NMRA standards for program track operation However the Quantum System requires more current to operate than standard DCC decoders and may not respond to the limited program track power from some command stations If you are unable to program in Service Mode on your program track all CV s in your locomotive can be programmed in Ops Mode You can also purchase from Tony s Train Exchange 139 a simple inexpensive power booster PowerPak by DCC Specialties that will allow you to program on the program track with any DCC command s
322. ssignment Use CV 53 to assign QSI features to the 14 decoder outputs CV 53 PI SI Output Feature Assignment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 53 is implemented as a two dimensional table of 14x2 registers with CV 49 used as a row index to these registers and CV 50 used as a column index Secondary Index CV 50 Primary Index 9 i CV 49 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 4 Feature Assigned to Output 4 Feature Assigned to Output 4 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 5 Feature Assigned to Output 5 Feature Assigned to Output 5 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 6 Feature Assigned to Output 6 Feature Assigned to Output 6 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 7 Feature Assigned to Output 7 Feature Assigned to Output 7 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 8 Feature Assigned to Output 8 Feature Assigned to Output 8 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 9 Feature Assigned to Output 9 Feature Assigned to Output 9 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 10 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 10 10 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 11 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 11 11 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 12 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned
323. t Value NA The locomotive scale requires 2 bytes CV56 25 0 is the least significant byte and CV56 25 1 is the most significant byte CV 56 25 0 Locomotive Scale Low Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 56 25 1 Locomotive Scale High Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO The locomotive scale low byte high byte 256 This 16 bit number represents the locomotive scale in units of 0 01 For example a value of 2900 represents a scale of 29 00 You would set CV56 25 0 to 84 and CV56 25 1 to 11 according to the calculation Low byte 2900 modulo 256 84 High byte 2900 256 11 This CV is used with CV56 24 Wheel Diameter when calculating the distance the locomotive has traveled when the odometer mode CAM 16 The CAM Odometer feature and this CV is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 186 267 15 Dec 2007 5 8 10 CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature PI 32 SI 0 Use this CV to specify the room temperature in degrees Celsius Default Value NA CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO When this CV is written a flag is set to read the Internal Temperature at th
324. t common locomotives are Steam Diesel and Electric although others such as trolleys powered commuter cars subways etc can be operated under DCC as well Quantum equipped locomotives have been designed to operate directly out of the box under NMRA standards for either conventional Analog DC operation or Digital Command Control There are no switches in the locomotive that need to be set to select the type of control system The Quantum System responds directly to the type of signal on the track 1 The Electrical and Communication Standards were adopted by the NRMA in Portland OR in July 1994 The basic Recommended Practices RP s were accepted in 1995 in Atlanta Georgia and the Service Mode RP s were established in 1996 2 Quantum systems use an advanced Analog control system called QARC Quantum Analog Remote Control Technology that does provide many of the same features available in DCC See the Quantum Analog Reference Manual for details Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 9 267 15 Dec 2007 This Manual This manual is divided into seven parts e The first section summarizes how to operate your Quantum locomotive in DCC Read this and you will quickly have your locomotive up and running e The second section summarizes the programming of Configuration Variables CV s Read this when you are ready to customize your locomotive s operation e The third section describes in detail NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum l
325. tation Reasons why Your Locomotive is Silent or will not Start Analog and DCC In case your locomotive remains silent after power up and turning the power off for 15 seconds does not return it to normal operation try the following suggestions to bring your locomotive back to normal sound operation e Make sure the locomotive has not been Muted with the F8 key e Check to see if your volume potentiometer or digital sound has been turned all the way down e You may have shut your locomotive down in DCC using the F9 key which will also shut it down in Analog Go back to DCC operation and start your locomotive with the F6 key Once started you can return to DC or DCC operation e Ifthe above methods do not start your locomotive use the jumper to reset your locomotive to factory default values as described above 139 Tony s Train Exchange 1 800 978 3427 www tonystrains com Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 229 267 15 Dec 2007 Appendix Ill A Recommended DCC Command Stations Command Recommended Will Support Comments Station Service Mode w Quantum NCE Yes Yes Horn and Bell buttons are available but bell button assigned See Comments to F3 see QSI CV 37 example Newer NCEs apparently support programming track but older command stations do not Programming on the main is easy and straightforward NCE currently only supports FO F8 Wangrow Yes No Horn and Bell buttons are available but bell button assigne
326. ted according to the formula below Applied Motor Voltage CV 2 CV5 CV 2 Speed Table Value for speed step 255 100 255 If CV 5 is less than or equal to CV 2 or CV 5 is set to 0 or 1 then 255 is used for CV 5 in the above equation The graph below shows the original curve plus the effect of an offset of 20 CV 2 51 and assuming CV 5 V High is set at its maximum value of 255 Note how CV 2 preserves the shape of the original speed curve but compresses it to fit between V Start and V High 120 Original Speed Curve with 20 a 100 offset from CV 2 51 m o 80 y 60 Original Speed 5 40 4 Curve CV 2 0 Q 20 Q lt 0 C IIIT 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 Speed Steps DCC V Start is not related to V Start for Analog Operation Start is not used when Throttle Mode Calibrated Speed Control See CV 5 for more information Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 32 267 15 Dec 2007 3 3 CV 3 Acceleration Rate Sets the value of Inertia under Acceleration Default Value 0 CV 3 Acceleration Rate Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 3 can contain any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no inertia and gives the fastest response to changes in throttle position e The larger the value of CV 3 the more gradually the locomotive increases speed
327. ter the locomotive started out The QSI Steam Blower sound on steam locomotives will turn on gradually followed by a continual steam hiss The turning on and off of Steam Blower Sounds is automatic and depends on the direction state Air Pumps When a locomotive is sitting still the pumps come on at a steady beat to replace air lost from the brake air release and from pneumatically operated appliances Once the pressure is up the pumps only turn on occasionally to maintain pressure Large steam locomotives may have more than one pump operating independently Appliance Air Release Compressed air is used on locomotives for operating various appliances like the reversing mechanisms common on large steam locomotives When a large steam locomotive comes to a stop you will hear a Long Air Let off as the power reverse is moved to the center Neutral Position You will also hear a Long Air Let off or Short Air Let off at various times Brake Squeal You can hear the brakes squeal on prototype locomotives when they are moving slowly This sound can become quite loud when the wheels are just about to stop turning Listen for automatic Squealing Brake sounds at slow speeds and the final distinctive squealing sounds as the Quantum equipped Steam Locomotive slows to a stop Steam Pop off If there is too much steam in the boiler special pop off valves or safeties on top of the locomotive release the excess pressure in a fury of hissing steam that often wi
328. the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 153 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 12 2 CV 55 114 1 Automatic Rear Step Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Step Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 114 1 Automatic Rear Step Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bitO 1 the rear step lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear step lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the rear step lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the rear step lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 154 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 12 3 CV 55 114 SI Rear Step Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear step lights to be on in NFF and NFR and off in FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 114 1 to 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal Example 2 How will the rear step lights behave if set CV 55 114 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear step lights are initially activated and the rear step lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 114 1 settings If the automatic rear step lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0
329. the wheezy sound of the pneumatic clapper starting up before the bell starts to ring and you will hear the bell fade out with soft rings along with the Short Air Let off sound associated with turning this appliance off Transition from Diesel to Turbine and Ignition Starting the gas turbine was a complex procedure which required considerable time for the turbine to be at full power We have shortened the amount of time to start the turbine in the model but preserved much of the important procedures necessary to bring the turbine on the line Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 209 267 15 Dec 2007 This includes first ramping up the diesel locomotive one notch to start the turbine rotating to the point where it would fire The firing of the gas turbine model sounds a bit like lighting a large industrial gas furnace At this point the turbine starts revving up with its distinctive whine coupled with a low level Whoosh The diesel is then revved up further followed by the turbine whine and whoosh increasing up to the point where the diesel disconnects and returns to idle Shortly after this the turbine is ramped up to full power where the Whoosh or roar now dominates the Turbine Whine Transition from Turbine to Diesel Turning off the turbine was almost as complex as turning it on The diesel is first ramped up to engage the turbine at full RPM The turbine is dropped down to idle and the turbine throttle is reduced to zero The Diesel Motor is maintai
330. they are moving slowly This sound can become quite loud when the wheels are just about to stop turning Listen for automatic Squealing Brake sounds at slow speeds and the final distinctive squealing sounds as the Quantum equipped Gas Turbine locomotive slows to a stop Quick Locomotive Start Up If the locomotive is in Diesel Mode the diesel motor will start quickly when the Gas Turbine is powered up or addressed If the locomotive is in Turbine Mode it will quickly enter Turbine Mode when operated Extended turn on effects occur if locomotive is started from Total Shutdown 4 2 Controllable Sounds Air Horns The horn used for the Gas Turbine is a single chime horn usually found on early F units Some commercial videotapes of the Gas Turbine have dubbed a multi chime horn in for sound effects and do not represent the actual locomotive horn In addition the Gas Turbine horn includes a special short horn blast If you blow the horn briefly you will produce a realistic short horn sound or hoot Bells Diesels and electric locomotives and larger steam locomotives usually have pneumatically operated mechanical bells and so does the Gas Turbine Pneumatic bells can be as distinctive as pull bells They are characterized by their tone clapper rep rate and their location in the locomotive In addition it often takes time to get the clapper up to speed on the prototype or to shut down When the Quantum Bell is turned on in Neutral you will hear
331. this e Press the horn button four times to produce four short horn hoots in Neutral e Press the F7 key in Neutral The locomotive will go through a complex Turbine Start Up scenario as depicted in the graph below At the start of the transition to Turbine Mode the Mars Light will change from Dim to Off When the transition scenario is completed the Mars light will change from Off back to Dim Note Turbine fire is a distinctive sound that sounds like a giant gas furnace being ignited 125 No lights are currently assigned to Multiple Lights 2 or 3 features and hence F11 and F12 will have no affect See CV 55 in DCC Reference Manual Version 4 for more information on Multiple Lights Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 220 267 15 Dec 2007 Turbine Start There are three operations shown e The solid black lines show the volume and rpm operation of the diesel motor e The dotted blue line with large dashes shows the volume and rpm of the Turbine Whine e The dotted red line with small dashes shows the volume of the Turbine Whoosh The yellow boxes indicate major events in the transition to Turbine Mode The timing shown in each box indicates the number of seconds since the transition command was sent to start Turbine Mode Note Turbine fire is a distinctive sound that sounds like a giant gas furnace being ignited Changing from Turbine to Diesel Mode Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode F7 There are two ways to return to Diesel Mode from T
332. tinual air release sound from the Electric Locomotive model as braking is continually increased The longer the air is released the quicker the Electric locomotive model will slow down Once all the pressure is released the locomotive will continue at maximum braking which can still require a long stopping distance depending on your Load settings Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 207 267 15 Dec 2007 Regenerative or Dynamic Brakes Prototype electric traction motors can act as motors or generators depending on whether they are using power or generating power When they are generating power they are hard to turn and can act as brakes Under dynamic brakes the power generated from the traction motors is dissipated as heat in large resistor grids usually located on the top of the locomotive High volume fans are used to keep the resistor grids from overheating In regenerative braking the power from the traction motors is sent back into the electrical distribution system through the overhead wires In this case resistor grids and their cooling fans are not required and less power is dissipated in the locomotive In fact the power generated from a moving train under regenerative braking can be used by other locomotives on the distribution system If no such locomotives are present or requiring power the regenerative power is fed back through the substations into the commercial power grid which allows the railroad to deduct the power generated from their
333. tional Headlight Directional Headlight Horn Whistle Horn Whistle Function Keys i Function Outputs CV 33 46 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 255 267 15 Dec 2007 Function Keys and Function Groups The thirteen colored squares shown on the left side of the dotted vertical line designated FL and F1 through F12 represent push buttons or Function Keys located at the Command Station or on the DCC walk around throttle The Function Keys are shown color coded depending on which Function Group they use to transmit their bit settings to the locomotive s decoder Keys FL through F4 Yellow use Function Group 1 to send information to the locomotive Keys F5 through F8 Orange and Keys F8 through F12 Gold both use Function Group 2 but not at the same time Bit 5 in Function Group 2 specifies whether this Function Group applies to F5 F8 or F8 F12 Each Function Group command contains 4 or 5 bit settings for the Function Inputs The locomotive s decoder shown to the right of the vertical dotted line receives Function Group commands Whenever a Function Group Command is sent the function values are stored in memory as a Function Input each with a logic level of 1 or 0 Function Inputs and Outputs Each Function Input is shown connected to a corresponding Function Output designed by the squares Out 1 through Out 14 The boxed labeled CV s 33 46 with black arrow pointing up indicates that these CV s determine wh
334. to Brake the turbine goes to idle and dynamic brakes are applied Resistor grid cooling fans come on automatically Reversing the Locomotive Bring locomotive to a full stop Move reverse handle to opposite direction Release brakes Continue operation according to Moving the Locomotive Under Gas Turbine Power described above Shutting Down the Locomotive e Turn turbine control switch TC to position 1 Diesel motor automatically starts and gas turbine shuts down in approximately 472 minutes Note When fuel was cut to the turbine without power it probably took only about thirty seconds to completely stop However the diesel was allowed to operate to run the turbine with just air moving through the blades understand this was done to prevent heat damage to the blades Assume that the diesel motor continued at full speed for about forty minutes followed by the diesel shutting down to idle followed by the turbine winding down to off Leaving the Locomotive Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 215 267 15 Dec 2007 Set handbrake and close windows and doors Move throttle handle to OFF Move selector handle to OFF Move reverse handle to OFF and remove handle Approximate Prototype Event and Timing Graphs Diesel Start Up Turbine Start Up Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 216 267 15 Dec 2007 Diesel Shut Down Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 217 267 15 Dec 2007 Turbine Shut Down Turbine Operation Quantu
335. to match the speed of other locomotives and to match the locomotive s Reverse speed characteristics e The multiplying scale factor is n 128 where n the Forward Trim Factor can be any number entered into CV 66 from 0 to 255 If n 128 then multiplying scale factor is 1 resulting in no change to the speed curve e f Forward Trim Factor is 0 then Forward Trim is not implemented e If Forward Trim Factor is between 1 and 128 than the voltage applied to the motor is decreased by a multiplying factor that varies from 00775 to 99225 e If Forward Trim Factor is between 130 and 255 than the voltage applied to the motor is increased by a multiplying factor that varies from 1 0078 to 1 977 e CV 66 only applies if the speed tables are activated in CV 29 by setting bit 4 1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 200 267 15 Dec 2007 6 2 CV 67 94 User Defined Speed Table Use CV s 67 94 to specify a custom speed table that is suitable for your locomotive CV 67 94 User Defined Speed Registers Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The speed table consists of 28 data points for each of 28 speed steps A value of 255 means full voltage applied to the motor while a value of 0 means no additional voltage applied to the motor over the V Start voltage CV 2 e If you select 14 speed steps every other data value is used If you select 128 speed steps
336. tory Default Features Doppl D i Blower Coupler Crash rect feti Start U Brees Hise Fans a Horn Whistle Bell a Dt Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 5 is the Coupler Crash Coupler Fire and Coupler Arm Therefore by default F3 controls the Coupler Sounds e You can specify that F3 control any of Outputs 1 4 and 6 8 in addition to or instead of Output 5 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features Bit 0 Output 1 Directional Lighting g q j The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F3 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F3 you can specify that F3 control the following Bit1 Output 2 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F3 Al The Directional Lighting System is affected by F3 Bit2 Output 3 Bell 0 The Bell is unaffected by F3 1 The Bell is affected by F3 Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F3 1 Horn Whistle is affected by F3 60 Write bit operation is supported for CV 37 61 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assig
337. tput 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F6 1 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F6 Bit2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F6 A Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F6 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F6 We Dynamic Brakes are affected by F6 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F6 q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F6 67 Write bit operation is supported for CV 40 68 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 70 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F6 1 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F6 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F6 1 Audio Mute is affected by F6 Bit7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F6 1 Heavy Load in Forw
338. train passes by With a little practice you can activate the Doppler Effect exactly when and where you want Doppler pitch change is based on the speed of the locomotive so the sounds change more dramatically when the locomotive is running faster After the Doppler shift has occurred and the horn is no longer being blown the Bell shuts off automatically and the locomotive sounds return to normal Flanges When a train enters a curve the flanges on the wheels ride up on the inside of the rail and usually squeal Recreate this squealing effect by pressing and releasing the Squealing Brake Flanges function key quickly and repeatedly as necessary Air Brakes When prototype trains brakes are applied air is released from the brake lines to reduce the pressure The more the pressure is reduced the greater the braking You will hear a continual air release sound from the diesel locomotive model as braking is continually increased The longer the air is released the quicker the diesel locomotive model will slow down Once all the pressure is released the locomotive will continue at maximum braking which can still require a long stopping distance depending on your Load settings Dynamic Brakes Prototype electric traction motors can act as motors or generators depending on whether they are using power or generating power When used as generators the traction motors are disconnected from taking power from the locomotive s prime mover and instead are conne
339. tral from Reverse w If you set your controller to 14 speed step operation without reconfiguring your Quantum system to the same speed steps in CV 29 your Directional Lighting will not operate correctly Rule 17 followed by prototype railroads states The headlight will be displayed to the front of every train by night but must be dimmed or concealed when a train turns out to meet another and the entire train has stopped clear of main track or is standing to meet trains at the end of double track or at junctions gt Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 11 267 15 Dec 2007 1 3 Throttle Control Modes There are four ways your locomotive can respond to your throttle Standard Throttle Control STC Under STC the percentage of full power applied to the motor is directly related to the throttle setting speed step Since the power to the motor is constant for a given throttle setting the locomotive s speed varies depending on the load The locomotive may easily stall at low speeds from minor gear binding turnouts and curves Calibrated Speed Control CSC Under CSC the power applied to the motor is varied to maintain constant speed regardless of varying load conditions The throttle setting using 128 speed steps specifies the locomotive s speed in 1 smph scale miles per hour increments If your throttle is set at 35 the locomotive tries to maintain 35 smph on level track up hill and down hill If locomotives in a consist di
340. tral is written CV 53 4 1 During verbal acknowledgement or during CV Numeric Verbal Readout CV 64 from the locomotive it is spoken out as CV five three point four point one Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 87 267 15 Dec 2007 5 4 CV 51 PI QSI System Sound Control Use CV 51 to control your Quantum locomotive s System Volume Mute Volume and Special Sound Effects CV51 is implemented as a one dimensional array with CV 49 used as an index to these CV 51 registers 5 4 1 CV 51 0 Operations Mode System Volume PI 0 Use CV 51 0 to change the System Volume Default Value 127 CV 51 0 Ops Mode System Volume Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 V6 V5 V4 V3 V2 V1 vo e Set CV 49 to 0 to specify the Primary Index for Operations Mode System Volume e The System Volume can be set to any value between O no sound and 127 100 The upper bit is reserved and should be 0 The default Operations Mode Volume is 127 100 A 0 in this CV will reduce all sound effects to zero volume e The Operations Mode System Volume is the overall sound volume when the locomotive is in normal operation on the main Operations Mode When you change the Operations Mode System Volume on the main you will immediately hear the change in volume e All sound is turned off in Service Mode because of the limited power usually available for the programming track You can progr
341. ts which are transmitted to the locomotive decoder to control different Outputs These fourteen Function Inputs are generally operated by thirteen Function Keys FL F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 and F12 on the command station or the hand held throttle The FL Function Key can produce two different Function Inputs called FL r and FL f depending on the direction of the locomotive The NMRA standard provides for fourteen Outputs numbered from 1 to 14 CV s 33 through 46 specify which Function Input is connected to which Output The table below shows Output numbers across the top and Function Inputs along the side The CV number associated with each Function Input is shown in the first column Each of these CV s consists of an eight bit register with a 1 or 0 in each bit location specifying which Outputs are controlled by that Function Input The default value for each CV is shown CV Function Inputs Output Numbers and Pre assigned Features 8 5 st E n g E E 5 v 5 5 Common Default 2 138 a ss megl ei 5 S s 2 Quantum Feature 215 g z 3 Pa 3 5 e s 3 3 3 Assignments 2 5 26 21 3 2 95 5 o a a lt Outputs 14 13 12 11 10 9 81 7 16 514 3 2 1 33 FL f 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 34 FL r 0 0 0 0 0701 14 1 35 Functio
342. tum equipped locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 26 267 15 Dec 2007 37 Output Location for F3 O Y 16 By default set to coupler sounds output 38 Output Location for F4 O Y 4 By default set to Cooling Fans output 39 Output Location for F5 O Y 8 By default set to Dynamic Brakes output 40 Output Location for F6 O Y 16 By default set to Doppler output 41 Output Location for F7 O Y 32 By default set to Air Brakes output 42 Output Location for F8 O Y 64 By default set to Mute output 43 Output Location for F9 O Y 16 By default set to Heavy Load output 44 Output Location for F10 O Y 32 By default set to Status Report output 45 Output Location for F11 O Y 64 By default set to Number Boards output 46 Output Location for F12 O Y 128 By default set to Cab Lights output 47 Reserved by NMRA for future use 48 Reserved by NMRA for future use 49 QSI Primary Index O Y PI for short 50 QSI Secondary Index O Y SI for short 51 QSI System Sound Control O Y 1 dimensional table PI 52 QSI Individual Sound Volume O Y 1 dimensional table PI Control 53 QSI Function Output Feature O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI Assignment 54 Reserved by QSI for future use 55 QSI Feature Configuration O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI 56 QSI Configuration O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI 57 Reserved
343. ture Use Addressing Enable Acknowledgement Conversion Location Direction Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 N A D5 D4 N A D3 D2 D1 Bit 0 Locomotive Direction 0 normal Forward Direction 1 Reversed Direction This bit controls the locomotive s Forward and Reverse direction With Bit O set to 1 the locomotive will move in the Reverse Direction even though the Command Station indicates a Forward Direction Directional sensitive functions such as FL f and FL r will also be reversed to be consistent with the locomotive s Reversed Direction Bit 1 Speed Steps and FL Location 0 Bit 4 sets 14 Speed Step Mode 1 Bit 4 sets 28 and 128 Speed Step Mode In 14 Speed Step Operation the speed and direction instruction is in one byte of transmitted data that tells the locomotive what direction to go what speed to travel and whether FL should be 0 or 1 For 28 speed step operation the bit used for FLis instead used to double the number of speed steps so that the light state must be transmitted in a Function Group 1 instruction Similarly when using 128 speed step mode bit 1 of CV 29 must be set to 1 Bit 2 Power Source Conversion 0 Power Source Conversion disabled 1 Power Source Conversion enabled If CV 29 bit 2 is 1 and a period of approximately 200mSec elapses in which no DCC packet is detected then the
344. turn on and Directional Lighting turns on Then the Vents open and Fans start up the Air Pumps turn on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation Steam Locomotives After the Long Air Let off the Dynamo revs up and the Directional Lighting turns on Then Cab Lights turn on followed by the Air Pumps and the Steam Blower turning on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation During the Start Up from Total Shut Down procedure a Quantum locomotive will not respond to any function key However if the throttle is turned up the Start Up procedure abruptly terminates and the locomotive immediately enters normal operation Note Whenever a locomotive receives a Start Up command regardless of whether the locomotive is in a Shut Down stage or operating normally the locomotive will restore all automatic operations and return all feature function states to their initial states as specified in CV55 Note Whenever F6 Start Up key is double pressed in Neutral for a steam locomotive the Cylinder Cocks will be armed Cylinder Cocks sounds will play when the throttle is turned up to leave Neutral 1 20 Function Key Operation in Neutral Some function keys used in Forward and Reverse will have different effects when used in Neutral e Pressing F6 results in Doppler shift for a moving locomotive but activates Start Up in Neutral e The F7 key produces Squealing Brake Sounds or applies brakes for a moving locomotive but produces a Long
345. turned off and reapplied or the locomotive changes its motive state or the speed is changed For instance the Automatic Headlight switch from bright to Dim when direction is changed Dynamic Brakes shut off when the speed is reduced below 7smph or whenever the directional state of the locomotive is changed While state dependent features can be affected by the directional state or other states in the locomotive binary features are nevertheless either on or off until changed In the case of directional lighting and other automatic features the feature is considered to be the automatic behavior and not the behavior of the individual elements In other words the Headlight is only part of the automatic Directional Lighting system it is not considered a separate feature Directional Lighting is a Binary Feature that has two states either Directional Lighting is on or it is off Alternatively an individual Headlight feature can be assigned to an output and be controlled by function key where the Headlight is the binary feature that is not part of an automatic directional lighting feature Take Control Features Some features allow function signals to take priority over automatic behavior Once the function signal is received the automatic operation is disabled and the Take Control operation is enabled That feature s on off state is then under complete control of the Function Key output signal For instance in Q1 and Q1a software
346. turning the bell on and a double ding when shutting the bell off This bell type is suitable for locos that are not intended to have bells but need a bell sound to indicated that the bell state is on or off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 104 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 3 CV 55 70 51 Headlight Three features can be assigned to function keys to control headlight operation Feature ID Feature Name Use 70 Automatic Headlight Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Headlight 71 Headlight On Explicitly turn the Headlight On Off 72 Headlight Dim Explicitly specify the Headlight be Dim Bright The headlight intensity Off Dim Bright can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 70 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The headlight intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Bright Dim Dim Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 70 1 Feature 70 has precedence over Features 71 and 72 When the Feature 70 function state is 1 the Feature 71 and 72 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 70 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The headlight intensity reverts to the Feature 71 and 72 function states Feature 72 Feature 71 Intensity Function Funct
347. ue CV that uses a Primary Index the locomotive announces the CV number followed by the Primary Index followed by the new value For example if you set CV 52 8 to 9 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V five two point eight equals nine If you write a value to a QSI unique CV that uses a Primary Index and a Secondary index the locomotive announces the CV number followed by the Primary Index followed by the Secondary Index followed by the new value For example if you set CV 53 12 0 to 104 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V five three point one two point zero equals one zero four If you hear a verbal response like C V three one but not followed by equals and a value that means that the CV in this case CV 31 is not implemented Note During the time a Programming Verbal Acknowledgement is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored If your DCC controller attempts to program several CV s at a time the second third etc CV s may not be programmed You should disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement when using this kind of controller e Bit 2 CV Numeric Readout Control 0 announce both the CV number and the CV value default 1 announce only the CV value This bit is used to specify whether or not the decoder announces the CV number as well as the CV value for a CV64 operation For example suppose the value of CV2 is 32 If this bit were O
348. uealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F8 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F8 4 Audio Mute is affected by F8 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F8 1 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F8 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 75 267 15 Dec 2007 4 12 CV 43 Output Location for F9 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F9 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F9 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F9 Default Value 00010000 16 CV 43 Output Location for F9 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Alternate Horn Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Cocks Long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 e QSl has
349. ultiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 1 1 136 136 2 Output 2 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 1 1 136 136 3 Output 3 Bell 3 Bell 3 4 Output 4 Horn Whistle 1 Horn Whistle 1 5 Output 5 Coupler 211 Coupler 211 6 Output 6 Blower Hiss Fans 8 Blower Hiss Fans 8 7 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 5 Dynamic Brakes 5 8 Output 8 Doppler Shift 65 Start Up 144 9 Output 9 Squealing Brakes Air Long Air Let off 9 or Brakes 216 Arm Cylinder Cocks 6 10 Output 10 Mute 64 Mute 64 11 Output 11 Heavy Load 179 Disconnect Standby Shut Down 145 12 Output 12 Status Report 178 Status Report 178 13 Output 13 Alternate Horn Selection 2 Alternate Horn Selection 2 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 2 2 137 137 14 Output 14 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 3 3 138 138 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 102 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 CV 55 PI SI QSI Feature Configuration Use CV 55 to configure the behavior of Quantum features CV 55 is implemented as a two dimensional array of registers with both CV 49 and CV 50 used to access these registers The CV 49 Primary Index corresponds to QSI feature ID numbers 5 7 1 CV 55 3 SI Bell 5 7 1 1 CV 55 3 0 Maximum Bell Index This read only CV contains the number of prototypical bell sounds available in your Quantum Decoder Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 3 0 Maximum Bel
350. unction state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 104 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 105 function key presses Feature 105 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 104 has precedence over Feature 105 If the Feature 104 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 104 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 140 267 15 Dec 2007 5 7 9 1 CV 55 104 0 Front Marker Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Marker Lights features Default Value CV 55 104 0 Front Marker Lights Initial State 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 105 104 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit 0 is the initial state of the Automatic Front Marker Lights Activate Feature 104 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Marker Lights On Feature 105 function e Awrite to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 104 and 105 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 104 and 105 function states to be set t
351. unds Traction Motor Whine Although both Diesels and Electric locomotives have Traction Motors Electric locomotives do not have loud diesel motors drowning out the sounds of the Traction Motors You will hear the Traction Motors when Electric locomotive starts out especially if the Cooling Fan Volume is turned down to a lower value Like the prototype the Quantum Traction Motor Whine pitch increases and decreases with the speed of the locomotive It is not affected by track voltage only the speed Traction Motor Cooling Fans The Electric Traction Motors get quite hot from the enormous current supplied to their circuits All Electric locomotives have powerful Cooling Fans that can create so much draft the access panel doors cannot be opened when the Cooling Fans are operating at full power It is not surprising that these fans can easily be heard in idling and operating locomotives You will also hear the sounds of louvers opening before the fans start When Cooling Fans shut down you will hear the louvers close Extended Start Up and Shut Down It takes time to startup or shutdown a prototype locomotive To model this the Quantum system uses additional sound records of the engineer entering and leaving the cab vents opening and closing lights turning on or off at different times along with the sounds of the Electric Air Pumps starting up or shutting down Air Pumps When a locomotive is sitting still the pumps come on in a steady beat to repla
352. urbine Mode e Press the horn button four times to produce four short horn hoots in Neutral e Press the F7 key in Neutral The locomotive will go through a complex Turbine shut down scenario as depicted in the graph below At the start of the transition to Diesel Mode the Mars Light will change from Dim to Off When the transition scenario is completed the Mars light will change from Off back to Dim Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 221 267 15 Dec 2007 Notes The following is a list of operational issues when changing between Diesel and Turbine Mode F7 must be set to 1 in Neutral to activate transitions between diesel to turbine or turbine to diesel If F7 is already set to 1 set to 0 and then set to 1 After the Turbine whoosh starts reducing the Diesel locomotive will continue at maximum RPM for 36 seconds to model the Turbine cool down process Cooling fans and vent opening sounds only occur in Diesel Mode Mars Light Air Pumps Cooling Fans and other Neutral Sounds will be suspended during transition from Turbine Mode to Diesel Mode or from Diesel Mode to Turbine Mode like the prototype If locomotive is in Turbine Mode or Diesel Mode when power is shut off the engine will power up in the same Mode when power is reapplied If locomotive is at any point in transition from Turbine to Diesel Mode it will power up in full Diesel Mode when power is reapplied with standard rapid diesel start up sounds If locomotive is in Tur
353. urbine power plant at idle and low speeds hostling was usually done using the diesel motor To move the locomotive using the diesel motor 1 Close propulsion control breaker TB4 2 Move reverse handle to FORWARD or REVERSE 3 Move Selector Handle to M1 position Note When operating the diesel the selector handle connects motors in series M1 or in parallel M2 Maximum diesel RPM in M2 is 843 rpm Advance throttle to 1 and then to 2 notches 5 To increase speed above 10 mph move throttle handle to IDLE then move Selector Handle to motoring position M2 and again advance throttle handle to notch 1 and then to 2 Note The UP operation manuals do not seem to indicate the top speed in M2 Using the speed ratios for an F7 between series and parallel connections gives a speed ratio of 2 79 independent of gear ratios would guess the same holds true for the Turbine diesel This would give a top speed of about 28 mph Note In the Mighty Turbine video and on independent recordings there is a high pitch whine when the motor is idling Since it does not seem likely that the diesel motor would have a turbo and the turbine is not running this is likely the sound of the gearbox Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 213 267 15 Dec 2007 Turbine Cranking TC2 When Turbine Control Switch TCS indicating lamp green on engineer s instrument panel lights TC Switch can be advanced to Position 2 at which time the following occurs in t
354. ure use 101 Reserved by NMRA for future use 102 Reserved by NMRA for future use 103 Reserved by NMRA for future use 104 Reserved by NMRA for future use 105 User Identifier 1 O N 106 User Identifier 2 O N 107 Reserved by NMRA for future use 512 Reserved by NMRA for future use Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 28 267 15 Dec 2007 2 4 Overview of CV Descriptions The following sections provide detailed descriptions of each CV supported by the Quantum System Each description includes the default value a pictorial of the CV data register and sometimes operational hints or notes about special use and limitations The data for each bit shown in the pictorial data registers are classified as A for Address data D for general data F for Function Designation value Sign for plus or minus sign N A for Not Applicable meaning the user is not to enter data in these bits Output for assigning different Output locations for Function Inputs P for QSI Primary Index values S for QSI Secondary Index values V for audio volume data 0 Examples CV 1 Primary Address Register In addition QSI or NMRA pre assigned data for individual bits in CV registers are shown as their binary value 1 or Bits 0 6 are data bits which specify the locomotive s seven bit Primary Address A zero means Do not attempt to write a 1 to this bit CV 49 Pri
355. utput 10 is Audio Mute Therefore by default F8 controls Audio Mute e You can specify that F8 control any of Outputs 4 9 and 11 in addition to or instead of Output 10 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features you can specify that F8 control the following Bit 0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F8 1 Horn Whistle is affected by F8 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire O The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F8 il The Coupler Sounds are affected by F8 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F8 1 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F8 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F8 fe Dynamic Brakes are affected by F8 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F8 q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F8 71 Write bit operation is supported for CV 42 72 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 74 267 15 Dec 2007 Bit 5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F8 1 Sq
356. ve a different ID 2 For both locomotives set CV 56 4 to 0 STC or 1 RTC 3 For both locomotives set CV 29 bit 4 to 1 to enable speed curves 4 Run both locomotives at speed step 1 5 Change locomotive A s CV 2 value until it is moving at the same speed as locomotive B 6 Run both locomotives at full throttle You may have to restrain one of the locomotives if they get too close to each other 7 Change locomotive A s CV 5 value until Locomotive A is moving at the same speed as Locomotive B Set both locomotives to speed step 64 For locomotive A choose speed curves from the list of QSI speed curves from CV 25 until both locomotives are running at a similar speed The speed curves are compressed to fit between V High and V Start as shown in the graph below 90 2 80 pa Q 70 Sent o 9 60 50 40 E 30 2 20 10 0 q TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTIRTT LEE MwA PS E WO HS HIN SM Speed Steps Speed Curves with V Start set to 30 10 of applied voltage and V High set to 217 85 of applied voltage 9 If none of the speed curves are acceptable set CV 25 to 1 and make your own custom speed curve using CV 67 through CV 94 Your custom speed curve will also be compressed to fit within the limits set by V Start and V High Set both locomotives at 28 speed step selection so your custom changes a
357. ve no further effect F6 will start the locomotive and return it to normal operation The coupler arm and fire is an example of a Progressive Momentary Feature The first press of the function key actives the sounds of the coupler lift bar and coupler pin being raised and enables a second coupler feature the next time the function key is pressed which is the sound of the coupler knuckle opening and the air release of the brake lines parting Both of the sound effects are momentary Progressive features are seldom Level Activated since each feature results in a new feature being enabled In other words the individual features cannot toggle on and off Note that both the Shut Down and Start Up features are Pulse Activated which requires that the function key be double pressed within one second to activate each state of Shut Down Transition Activation would be acceptable for Shut Down but double pressing ensures that this important feature is not entered accidentally Coupler sounds are Transition Activated How Quantum Features Responds to Function Commands Because Quantum has different features in Forward Reverse and Neutral we have implemented software to prevent inadvertent operation of features when the locomotive changes directional state This applied to both Transition Activated and Level Activated features For instance if we had a function setting of 1 for a Binary Feature in Neutral and then changed to Forward we may not want nor
358. verse Light LA Binary 1 Light On 0 Light Off 77 Mars Light LA Binary All 1 Light On 0 Light Off 78 Dim Mars Light LA Binary All 1 Dim On 0 Dim Off 79 Strobe Mars Light LA Binary All 1 Strobe On 0 Strobe Off 84 Automatic Ditch LA Binary All 1 Auto On Lights 0 Auto Off 85 Ditch Lights LA Binary All 1 Light On 0 Light Off 86 Dim Ditch Lights LA Binary All 1 Lights On 0 Lights Off 87 Strobe Ditch Lights LA Binary All 1 Strobe On 0 Strobe Off 100 Automatic Front LA Binary All 1 Auto On Number Board 0 Auto Off Lights 101 Front Number Board LA Binary All 1 Light On Lights 0 Light Off 102 Automatic Rear LA Binary All 1 Auto On Number Board 0 Auto Off Lights 103 Rear Number Board LA Binary All 1 Lights On Lights 0 Lights Off 104 Automatic Front LA Binary All 1 Auto On Marker Lights 0 Auto Off 105 Front Marker Lights LA Binary All 1 Lights On 0 Lights Off 106 Automatic Rear LA Binary All 1 Auto On Marker Lights 0 Auto Off 107 Rear Marker Lights LA Binary All 1 Lights On 0 Lights Off 116 Automatic Front Cab LA Binary All 1 Auto On Lights 0 Auto Off 117 Front Cab Lights LA Binary All 1 Lights On 0 Lights Off 118 Automatic Rear Cab LA Binary All 1 Auto On Lights 0 Auto Off 119 Rear Cab Lights LA Binary All 1 Lights On 0 Lights Off 136 Multiple Automatic LA Binary FWD REV 1 Auto On Lights 1 0 Auto Off 137 Multiple Automat
359. will be ignored and the previous address in this register will remain e The Primary Address can be set either in Service Mode or Operations Mode Remember to change bit 5 of CV 29 to 0 to enable the Primary Address Note Some Command Stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check Appendix IIIA for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops Mode programming If your command station will not allow setting ID numbers in Ops Mode use QSI CV 56 129 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 31 267 15 Dec 2007 3 2 CV 2V Start V Start defines the voltage drive level applied to the motor at the first throttle speed step Use CV 2 to adjust the responsiveness of your locomotive at low throttle settings Default Value 32 CV 2 V Start Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 2 sets a start voltage for the motor to any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no offset while a value of 255 provides maximum starting voltage with no throttle range left CV 2 specifies how much of the available track voltage will be applied to the motor at the start of the throttle range as defined by the following equation Start Voltage Track Voltage x CV2 255 e The value of motor drive as a percentage of total track voltage is compu
360. will return to Diesel Mode prior to any shutdown operation F9 The locomotive will start up and stay in Diesel Mode when Start Up F6 is activated after any shutdown operation To return to Turbine Mode the transition from Diesel to Turbine Mode must be activated o The coded horn Turbine Diesel Mode toggle can be disabled in DCC in CV 52 2 bit 1 Enable 1 default and Disable 0 Sound of Power Your Gas Turbine locomotive will produce labored sounds under acceleration and lighter sounds under deceleration but only if CV 3 or CV 23 and CV 4 or CV 24 are set to non zero positive values The level of labored sounds is proportional to the values for these four CV s and how much the throttle is increased or decreased Labored sounds will be heard in either Diesel or Turbine Mode Diesel Motor RPM Quantum has eight motor throttle notches found on most prototype diesel locomotives As you increase the throttle you will hear the RPM s increase for every increase in ten speed steps at 128 speed step setting Idle is considered Notch 1 and occurs for speed step 0 Notch 2 ranges from 1 to 10 Notch 3 from 11 to 20 Notch 4 from 21 to 30 etc If your controller has an option to increment or decrement your throttle set setting by ten speed steps it is very easy and predicable to set your notch value Turbine Whine and Whoosh will change with the throttle only slightly over the entire throttle range since the turbine was often run near full
361. with the same value 2 On the Programming Track the locomotive responds with Service Mode Acknowledgements to command station requests to verify the contents of a CV In this way the command station is able to read back the current value of a CV This is important if you want to change a CV by some amount but need to know it s current value before you enter a new value Some Command Stations restrict the amount of power that can be delivered to the Programming Track to prevent damage to improperly installed aftermarket decoders If the decoder were wired correctly the Programming Track would provide enough power to allow it to be programmed If the decoder were wired incorrectly and a short circuit occurred the limited current from the command station would not be enough to damage the decoder allowing the operator another chance to wire it correctly To accommodate command stations that restrict power during Service Mode programming the Quantum System reduces its power consumption to a minimum by shutting off all lights sound and other operations during Service Mode operation Even so a Quantum Sound Decoder still requires more current than most non sound decoders If your Quantum System will not program with your particular command station you may need to program on the Main Ops Mode Programming You can also purchase from Tony s Train Exchange a simple inexpensive power booster PowerPak by DCC Specialties that will allow you t
362. within the At time period 145 This also depends on the type of feature If it is a triggered feature such as an Air Let Off then the logic level provides no information Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 246 267 15 Dec 2007 Classification of Feature Types Binary Features Binary Features have two states they are either off or on They can be features that toggle between two states in response to a function commands or they can be set in CV s or respond to different states in the Quantum System For instance the Bell sound is binary feature that is toggled by a function key once it is turned on it stays on until it is commanded to turn off However the Bell feature also turns off automatically when the power is shut down and reapplied and shuts off at the end of a Doppler sequence so it responds to other inputs besides the function key Binary features are generally Level Activated when operated from function keys A Level 1 signal will cause the feature to be in one of the two known states while a level 0 signal will cause it to be in the other known state This allows the operator to know which state the feature is in by knowing the status of the function signal at his command station or his handheld For instance if the feature is a light which can be changed between on level 1 and off level 0 then the operator will know the light has been turned on when he sends a level 1 function signal even if he cannot see the locomotive Th
363. y double pressing 2 the F6 key Start Up will be different for each stage of Shut Down but all will start up with a Long Air Let off and will enter normal Diesel Mode operation Start Up from Disconnect If you double press the F6 key in Disconnect the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off Dynamic Brakes will shut off if on and the locomotive will enter normal Diesel Mode operation Start Up from Standby If you double press the F6 key in Standby the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off Directional Lighting will turn on the Diesel Motor sound will change from the special Low Idle to regular Idle and the locomotive will enter normal Diesel Mode operation Start Up from Total Shut Down If you double press the F6 key in Total Shut Down the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off you will hear the engineer s door opening and closing and see the Mars Light will turn on steady These actions are followed by the sounds of vents opening the Diesel Motor starting up the Air Pumps starting up followed by a Long Air Let off and the locomotive entering normal Diesel Mode operation Note During the Start Up procedure none of the DCC function keys are active However if the throttle is turned up from zero during any of the above Start Up procedures the Start Up procedure will abort and the locomotive will enter normal operation Mute F8 The Quantum System allows you to reduce the System Volume to a lower level or increase it b
364. you can hear the System Volume or an individual feature sound volume change immediately after you program its new CV value In Service Mode you have to move the locomotive from the Service Mode Programming track to the Main track to see the effect of changing a CV 29 Both the short form and the long form of the CV access instructions are supported 30 A magnetically activated switch on the circuit board replaced the jumper on later Quantum equipped locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 2 0 25 267 15 Dec 2007 2 3 List of CV s Supported by Quantum Locomotives The following table lists all CV s The third column labeled NMRA indicates whether these CV s are mandatory M recommended R or optional O The fourth column indicates if this CV is supported by QSI and the fifth column indicates the common default value CV CV Name NMRA QSI Default Comment Supported Value Decimal Primary Address M Y 3 2 V Start R Y 32 This number may change from locomotive to locomotive 3 Acceleration Rate R Y Deceleration Rate R Y 5 V High O Y 1 Either 1 or 0 in this CV will disable V High 6 V Mid O N 7 Manufacturer Version No M Y See CV 56 254 and CV 56 255 for additional information on Quantum Version numbers 8 Manufacturer s ID M Y 113 9 Total PWM Period O N Not needed with our motor control 10 EMF Feedback Cutout2 O N Not needed with our BEMF

Quantum Q1a and Q2 DCC Reference Manual Ver. 4.2.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents